You are on page 1of 233

ELGIN /FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID /CEMENTING REVISION 00

HP/HT Best Practices and Guidelines

ELGIN / FRANKLIN Development

Volume 1

- DRILLING FLUIDS - CEMENTING - HYDRAULICS

ELGIN /FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID /CEMENTING REVISION 00

Central Graben Asset : Subsurface Manager Drilling & Completion Department : DCD Library ( archives ) Drilling & Completion Manager Drilling Superintendent Drilling Fluids Advisor 2 Copies 1 Copy 1 Copy 1 Copy 1 Copy

Elf Exploration Production : EP/T/ER/CPU 1 Copy

Page

ELGIN /FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID /CEMENTING REVISION 00

Foreword
The purpose of this document is to report the experience gathered during the drilling of the extreme high-temperature / high pressure[HPHT] wells on ELGIN / FRANKLIN field with GALAXY 1 and MAGELLAN . This is done in order to make it available to the people in charge of such particular well , but also to generate discussion on this up to date topic within drilling people with similar experience . This report describes developments in the management of drilling fluids for use in High - Pressure , High - Temperature wells . Section 1 to 8 of this present document concern the successful role of the Fluids ; Cementing and Hydraulic in the drilling phase of this project . Its presented close to a detailed programme with the three main parts :

1. Programme / Execution 2. Achievement 3. Experience transfer ; rules of Thumb ; Recommendations .


A separated Fluids / Cementing / Environment report has been issued per well with a detailed report.

Selection of Drilling Fluid for HP/HT well : The philosophy of the mud optimisation is to improve overall drilling efficiency so the well can be economically drilled . The aim is to design mud rheology and hydraulics in such way that minimum drilling incidents and maximum drilling efficiency can be achieved . Mud selection and maintenance are absolutely essential to the successful drilling of a hostile environment with BHP over 1200 bars and bottom hole temperature in excess of 200 C . The deliberate choice of an invert emulsion presents obvious advantages for well integrity . The co-operation between EEUK ; ELF Exploration Production , mud Laboratory and the drilling fluids supervision are essential to obtain the most from this drilling fluid . The chosen XP07 mud system developed by Baroid should be capable of satisfying all of the following critical issues : Minimal rheology through a low kinematic viscosity of the base oil . Medium but not progressive thixotropy Good suspending characteristics to avoid sagging of weighting materials . High resistance & stability to contaminants under HP / HT conditions . Efficient sealing of the porous and permeable formation with Over-pressure up to 88 bars in static across the reservoir , and to 150 bars in front of the Palaeocene sandstone . Good lubrication . Selection of Cementing company for HP/HT well : The technical results showed that the two contractors Dowell and Halliburton , were competent with the qualification exercise and ELF specifications for the HP/HT challenge .

Page

ELGIN /FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID /CEMENTING REVISION 00

t Due to the extreme conditions and the limit of the present technology in this range of temperature , it was decided to keep the both major cementing contractors on the separate rig . The needs for optimisation , adjustment and correction of the current practices , innovation , Engineering and improvements was the key factor of the decision . It was considered that by having two contractors the services would be kept at a high level with : A long term competition The involvement of two engineering instead one . The gain of a valuable expertise . This report contains information on how the entire cementing process was optimised for HPHT field development . Improvement to the equipment , the slurry testing , the placement and bond logging procedures are presented .

Elf are developing a DMS which , among other things allows wells to be planned , drilled and performances analysed so that lessons learned are carried forward into subsequent wells . This philosophy was applied to the drilling of these 11 HPHT wells with ELF and BAROID off and on shore personnel involved at the planning stage , drilling , monitoring and recording phase , and evaluation / analysis of performances . Programmes and pre-spud meetings provided the link from planning to drilling , the Final well Report and debriefing meetings from drilling to evaluation . Agreed recommendations carry the lessons learned into the planning of the next well . A HPHT Best practices Book is being developed for inclusion into the DMS and is designed to bridge any gap in the HPHT drilling schedule .

The pre-planning phase involved the ELF Drilling Team in ABERDEEN , ELF Research Centre in FRANCE and the Mud Company BAROID with field proven Synthetic Mud system .

E LF D r li M anagem entSyst s ilng em

Pre-Spud Meeting Programs

PLAN D.M.S

DRILL MONITOR RECORD

Best Practices Lessons Learned


September, 99

EVALUATION & ANALYSIS

FWR & Debriefing Meeting

Page

ELGIN /FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID /CEMENTING REVISION 00

t Personnel. Team building and competency were key issues at the start on the project and minimising personnel turnover as the project progressed was another.

MUD & CEMENTING

Geology
Sea bed 140m Nordaland Group 30" CP at 200m

Mud
36" Phase Mud Type S.W + Hi Vis Pills 26" Phase Deviation 0 to 15 20" casing @ 900m Mud Type: Bentonite + Gel MW: 1.10/1.19 SG 17" Phase Mud Type: SBM: XP07 or ESTER

Cement
30" casing Lead slurry 1.55SG Neat cement 1.92SG or XLITe 1.56SG 20" casing: G+Silica Lead slurry 1.44SG Neat cement 1.92SG TOC surface

Hordaland Group

13 3/8" casing: G + 35% Silica Lead slurry 1.66SG Neat cement 1.92SG TOC surface

+/- 1600m MW: 1.55/1.65 SG

Paleocene
Balder +/- 3300m Sale +/- 3350m Lista +/- 3400m Andrew +/- 3480m Ekofisk +/- 3680m

Deviation 20 to 40 13 3/8" casing @ 3600m 72# p110

Tor +/- 3800m

Upper Cretaceous

BHST: 145c 12" Phase Mud Type SBM: XP07 MW: 1.35 to 1.70 SG

10 3/4" x 9 7/8"casing G + 35% Silica Lead slurry 1.66SG Neat cement 1.92SG TOC +/- 200m above Xo 9 7/8" x 10 3/4"

Hod +/- 4350m

Herring +/- 5100m Plennus Marl +/- 5280m Hydra +/- 5290m

Deviation 20 to 0 9 7/8" x 10 3/4" @ 5200m 66.9# Q125 - 110.2# C110

Lower Cretaceous
Rodby +/- 5390m Sola +/- 5440m Valhall +/- 5500m Kimmeridge Clay Heather +/- 5560m Franklin sands

BHST: 180c 8" Phase Mud Type SBM: XP07 MW: 2.15 to 2.17 SG

7" Liner G + 35% Silica Neat slurry: 2.30 SG

Deviation +/- 0 7" Liner @ 5900m 42.7# 125.25 Cr

Pentland

BHST: 180c

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Contents VOLUME 1
1
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

36(or 42 x 36) SECTION


Purpose Drilling procedure Expected problems Drilling fluid Experience 30" (or 30x 36) casing and cementing Experience

2
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6

26 SECTION
Purpose Expected problems Drilling fluid Experience 20" casing and cementing Experience

3
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

17 or 16 SECTION
Purpose Expected problems Drilling fluid Experience - Hydraulic Recommendations ( Table ) - Borehole Stability in the Hordaland 14 x 13 3/8 casing and cementing Experience Recommendations ( Table ) Cementing recommendations

4.
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7

12 SECTION
Purpose Drilling procedure Expected problems Drilling fluids Experience - Hydraulic Recommendations ( Table ) 10 x 9 7/8 (casing or Liner ) and cementing Experience

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.8 4.9

Recommendations ( Table ) Temperature simulation

5.
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9

8 SECTION HP/HT
Purpose Drilling procedure Hydraulic Tests Expected problems Drilling fluids - Hydraulic Experience - Recommendations ( Table ) 7 ( or 7x 4 1/2 ) liner and cementing Experience Recommendations ( Table ) Temperature simulation Enertech / Cemcade software 5 5/8 SECTION . Purpose Drilling procedure Expected problems Drilling fluids Experience 4 1/2 liner and cementing Experience Recommendations ( Table ) MECHANISMS OF WELLBORE Instability in the TRANSITION ZONE Wellbore Instability How to recognise a well instability ? Reasons for well instability Guide lines Experience Matrix Stragegy Fluid Simulator - ECDELF Software Field results Conclusions Hydraulic Tables 81/2 PWD Interpretation

6.
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

8.
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4

COMPLETION. - NON PERFORATED WELLS


Purpose Well Clean up Procedure Inflow test Horner plot Well Control Pipe light scenario with 1.00SG fluid

9.
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.10

COMPLETION. - PERFORATED WELLS CESIUM FORMATE BRINE


Purpose Well Clean up Procedure Inflow test Experience

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

INDEX :
Additives , Cement : Section , page Alkalinity : section ,page Electic Stability [ES] : section ,page Emulsifier : section , page

Borehole stability : Section page Batch mixing : section , page Baracarb : section ,page BHCT evaluation : section ,page BHST evaluation : section , page Barite plug : section ,page Brine : section ,page Cementing Practices : section ,page Cavings : Section ,page CBL records : section , page Compressive strength : section , page Contract : section ,page Compressibility : section , page Cement class : section , page Cement plug : section , page CEMCADE : section , page CESIUM brine : section ,page Channeling : section , page Chemical concentration : section ,page Centralisers : section ,page Consistometer : page , section Compatibility tests : section ,page Coring : section ,page Compressibility : section ,page

Flow rate : section , page Flash point : section ,page Fann 70 : section ,page Flow check procedure : section ,page

Gumbos : section , page Gels : section , page

Displacement : section ,page Density : section , page Dye : section , page Differential sticking : section , page

Hydraulic : section , page High vis pill : section , page Hole cleaning : section , page Horner plot : section , page HP/HT fluid loss : section ,page Hydrates : section , page Hordaland shales : section ,page High pressure test : section ,page HP/HT cementing plugs : section ,page Hydraulic Tests : section ,page [ H2S : section ,page HP/HT Drilling practices : section ,page HP/HT Rheometer : section ,page

ECD : section , page ESD : section , page Excess of cement : section , page Enertech : section , page ECDELF : section , page ESTER mud : section , page Evaporation : section , page

Inflow test : section page ID measurement : section ,page Incentive : section ,page

Kill mud : section , page Kimmeridge clay : section ,page

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Lead Slurry : section , page Light slurry : section , page Losses : section , page LOT : section , page Logistic/Supply : section , page Low vis pill : section , page LCM selection : section , page Liner cementing : section , page

Mud lab Test Mud cooler : section , page Mud system : section , page Mud pits : section , page Modeling software : section ,page

Safety margin : section , page Sagging : section ,page Sacrificial mud : section , page Shoe track : section , page Slurry volume : section ,page Safety stock : section page Screens : section , page Shakers : section , page Solids control : section , page Swab and Surge calculations : section ,page Specific Laboratory Tests : section ,page Supercharging : section , page

Oil on cuttings : section , page Oil Water ratio : section ,page Oil based mud procedures : section ,page Tail Slurry : section ,page TOP CEMENT : Section page Thickening time ; section , page Top job : section , page Temperature modelling : section , page Transition zone : section , page Timing : section , page Tripping Speed : section ,page Temperature reference SG : section , page

Personnel : section , page Pressure Test : section page Pumps : section , page Pumping sequence : section ,page PWD tool : section ,page Pollution : section ,page Pressure Transmission : section ,page

Quality : section , page

: section , page : section page section , page Wiper trip : section , page Well Instability: section , page Wellsite procedures : section , page Well clean up : section , page Weighting agent : section ,page

Rig capacity : section , page Remedial cement job : section , page Rheology : section , page Retarder sensibility : section , page Stinger : section , page : section , page : section , page : section , page

Zinc Bromide : section ,page

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

36(or 42 x 36 ) SECTION : Interval Max expected BHP : +/- 140 to 230 m : 1.09 E.M.W.

1.1

Purpose : Platform wells : Install the 30 casing and the retrievable guide base structure. Pre-drilled wells : Install the 36x 30 casing with MLS. Drilling procedure : Drill the 36" hole to approximately 235m using a stabilised string with a 26" bit and 36" hole opener. Sea water and high viscosity gel slugs will be used to clean the hole. At the TD displace hole with 1.15 SG mud. Wiper trip before pulling out of hole. For the pre-drilled wells, open hole 42 to 15m below the mud line in one pass with 36 assembly ( i.e. 42 hole opener incorporated in the 36 string). Expected problem : Hole cleaning / large amount of cuttings. Drilling fluid : Sea water with viscous mud slugs and return lost at seabed. Pump at least 2 slugs of 8 - 10 m3 of viscous mud every 10m drilled or as required for hole cleaning. A 16 m viscous slug should be pumped around the casing depth, to sweep the hole. Before the check trip (if deemed necessary) and before running the casing, the hole should be over-displaced by 50% of open hole volume with bentonite high viscosity mud. The final displacement should be weighted to 1.15 SG to avoid any tight hole or excessive fill. During entire drilling phase, keep a kill mud reserve of 1.15 SG (one hole volume). Typical composition of mud Typical composition of viscous pills: Sea water Guar Gum or Fresh water Caustic soda Soda Ash0.5 kg/m Bentonite

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.4.1

8 to 10 kg/m

1 to 2 kg/m 80 to 100 kg/m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Typical composition of displacement mud: Fresh water Soda Ash Caustic soda Bentonite Barite CMC HVT 1.4.2 Typical mud characteristics Weight Funnel viscosity Required mud volume 1.4.3 Safety stocks Bulk material: Barite Bentonite Cement G 1.4.4 : 1.05 / 1.15 : > 100 sec. : 500 m

0.5 kg/m 1 kg/m 80 - 100 kg/m 210 kg/m 2 to 3 kg/m

: 150 t : 50 t : 100 t

Minimum stocks of chemicals in sacks or drums required: Caustic soda LCM F/M/C Sodium bicarbonate Soda ash CMC HV/LV Pipe free Cement accelerator (CaCl2) :5t : 3 t/ 3 t/ 3 t :1t :2t : 3 t/3 t : 2 m :3t

1.5 1.5.1

EXPERIENCE TYPE OF MUD USED. Types Used Gel Spud mud / Guar gum / Viscous Sweeps Recommended Gel Spud mud / Guar gum / Viscous Sweeps

1.5.2

DENSITY. Density Used


2

Density Recommended

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

1.5.3

1.15 Kill / Spotting fluid Unweighted spotting fluid Unweighted sweep fluid MUD BUILT. Type & Weight Used Guar gum at 1.03 SG. Gel mud at 1.07 to 1.15 SG. Volume Built / Used 760 / 450 m3.

1.15 Kill / Spotting fluid Unweighted spotting fluid Unweighted sweep fluid

Recommended Guar gum at 1.03 Gel mud at 1.07 to 1.15 SG. Recommended 500.0 m3.

1.5.4.

PIT MANAGEMENT.
Pit space on the Galaxy I or Magellan is generally not a problem because of the large capacity that this new generation of rig .

Recommendations:

RIG SELECTION : Need a large Mud pit capacity . ( 600 m minimum ) High mixing rate for bulks to the pit is necessary . The pits must be selected on the basis of the valves the derrickman needs to operate for the frequent sweeps and the lines needed to spot high viscosity mud on bottom .

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

1.6

30" ( or 30x 36 ) casing and cementing


Cementing job with STINGER : - Before cementing wash cuttings around wellhead. - Check free circulation with viscous sea water. - The 30" casing (or 36x 30) must be cemented up to seabed or Mud Line Suspension. - To estimate the hole volume, a sea water spacer with dye will be pumped ahead the slurry, and the return will be monitored by ROV. - When the spacer is seen at the mud line ( Identification at the sea bed with R.O.V not easy ) ,the open hole volume will be assessed and slurry volume will be adapted in order to fill the annulus (provide for 200% excess on theoretical volume). Slurry volume calculations : 36 hole volume: 656.7 l/m E.A. 36/30 volume : 200.6 l/m 5 DP inside volume: 9.05 l/m Annulus volume: 19 m Spacer volume: 20 m Tail slurry volume (200% of excess) 75 m Displacement (stinger) 2 m Fluids Design: - Spacer Sea water + Dye - Lead slurry G cement (Dyckerhoff or Lafarge ) 35% Silica 350 kg/t Sea water 1218 l/t D144 or NF5 Antifoam 1 l/t D020 Bentonite 15 kg/t Or D111 Thixotropic agent 70 l/t - Tail slurry G cement (Dyckerhoff or Lafarge ) 35% Silica Drill water D144 or NF5 Antifoam CaCl2 Cement Slurry properties :
! Lead slurry 4

350 kg/t 550 l/t 1 l/t 20 kg/t

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Density Yield Thickening Time


! Tail slurry

1.55 SG 1740 l/t 6h00 - 8h00

Density SG Yield Thickening Time Compressive strength Consumption expected: G+S Antifoam Bentonite CaCl2 Thixotropic agent

1.90 1006 l/t 4h00 - 5h00 > 100 bar in 24 h

Cmt + Silica

92 t 80 l 250 kg 1150 kg 1100 l

When cement operation has been successfully verified by ROV, stop pumping slurry and displace with sea water until top of cement inside 30" casing is approx. 5 m above the shoe. Depending on the quality of the primary cementing job, a cement top job may have to be performed. In case of MLS system, displace sea water + retarder to wash the MLS equipment.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

1.7

EXPERIENCE :

Surface and conductor casings provide the foundations for the construction of an oil /gas well Cement plays a major role in re-enforcing the casing in the formations near the surface that are weak and non-consolidated .To address and minimise these problems a new Cement blend has been developed giving a high strength at a low temperature ( +/- 10 C ) with a nominal weight of 1.45 / 1.56 SG . This slurry is Thixotropic with a gelling period of less than an hour ( in static conditions ) .

Recommendation : - The X-Lite blend can eliminate remedial jobs , reduce W.O.C time . Use Class G cement without any Silica , no impact on the casing design ( thermal degradation in production phase )

- Identification of Dye with sea water at sea bed with R.O.V is very challenging . - Volume to be pumped as a minimum is : 80 m . CEMENTING PROCEDURE Applied on F3 & 29/4D-4 :
Ref : { HALLIBURTON Design X-Lite Blend } - Running Procedure and centralisation : ( see UWG detailed procedure ). Note : The casing will be filled up with sea water . Pumping Sequence : 123425 m of Sea water +Sapps to break gels Spacer 500 E+ : 15 m ( see Hallibuton formulation ) SG = 1.30 3 / 5 m of Sea water + fluorescene Mix and pump 75 m of X-Lite slurry : SG =1.52 @ surface - 1.56 SG @ bottom

One Annular volume +/- 26 m ( theoretical )Slurry yield = 1033 l/ton of X-Lite blended

Cement X-Lite Sea Water Defoamer CaCL2 Thickening Time

1 ton 753 l/ton 1 l/ton 40 kgs/m of SW : 5 hours


6

72 tons( blended ) 39 m 50 liters 1560 kgs

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Compressive Strength NOTE :

: 1476 PSI @ 10C 24 hours.

It is recommended that extra mix water is prepared for X-Lite slurry and that the slurry is mixed and pumped until all the X-Lite Blend has been used . Contingency Tail Slurry design . If after pumping all the X-Lite slurry there are still no returns at sea bed , the X-Lite mix water can be used to prepare a 1.90 SG slurry mixed with Lafarge G+S .See formulation attached . X-Lite slurry is THIXOTROPIC with a Gelling period of less than an hour ( STATIC conditions ) Thus any prolonged shutdowns must be avoided . 5Displacement with sea water at 2000 l/min .

Monitor continually the return with ROV .If there is no sign of cement return , the volume will be limited to 4 times the theoretical annulus volume . A complementary cementation will be made after cement has set .( a formulation with G+S will be used as tail slurry ) if losses/problems whilst drilling 26 section . Check for back flow . If there is some return , check volume and pump same volume .Wait for cement samples . Differential pressure = + 2 bars ( positive ) 6 - Timing : Mixing + Pumping Slurries Displacement N 1 Safety factor Total = 100 min = 3 min = 60 min = 163 min

7 - Excess volume versus hole volume :

Estimated Diameter

Annul. Volume hole/casing

Volume Planned Slurry Volume

Excess in %

40 42 44 46

350 l/m 432 l/m 518 l/m 608 l/m

36 m 44 m 53 m 62 m

75 m 75 m 75 m 75 m

110 % 70 % 41 % 20 %

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

8 Well Recap :
Lead Pumped Wells 22/30 C G4 22/30 C G5 22/30 C G6 22/30 C G7 22/30 C G8
20 m @ 1.55 SG 27 m @ 1.55 SG 21 m @ 1.55 SG 21 m @ 1.55 SG 21 m @ 1.55 SG 66 m @ 1.92 SG 70 m @ 1.92 SG 73 m @ 1.92 SG 73 m @ 1.92 SG 75 m @ 1.92 SG

Tail Pumped

Total 86 m 97 m 94 m 94 m 96 m

Remarks
Observe return after 59 m pumped No return of spacer observed Return seen after 65 m pumped Use G neat Return seen at the sea bed Use G neat No return clarified identified

Top Job

No No Unable to pump through the line Not able to pump through the line Pump 13 m top job

29/5 B F1

22.5 m@1.55 SG

48.5 m@ 1.92 SG

71 m
Good return at the sea bed Pumped through the line 29 m 1.90 SG Pumped 27 m of tail slurry . Pumped 25 m of tail slurry No

29/5 B F2 29/5 B F3 29/5 B F4 29/5 B F5 29/5 B F6

22m @ 1.55 SG X-Lite 78 m @ 1.52 SG X-Lite 84 m @ 1.52 SG 21 m @ 1.55 SG X-Lite @ 1.52 SG

70 m @ 1.92 SG Followed by 11 m of Tail slurry Followed by 17 m of Tail slurry 70 m @ 1.92 SG 17 m @ 1.90 SG

92 m 89 m 101 m 91 m 109 m

No return clrealy identified Top cement inside 30 CP found 20 m above shoe ROV failure Unable to check return

Unable to see return

92 m

29/5b FRANKLIN - 36" OPEN HOLE / 30" CASING CEMENTATION Well Date
Top of cement Casing shoe Height BHST BHCT Type of slurry Theoritical slurry volume Excess Total slurry volume Weight of cement (G+S) Slurry weight Cement Silica flour Water Additives m m m C C m % m ton sg lead 22.4 220 22.4 17 1.55 Lafarge G 35 48.3 65 1.92 22.4 107 1.55 1.92

29/5b-F1 01/02/1998
140 229 89 10 10 tail 22.4

29/5b-F5 16/02/1998
140 229 89 10 10 lead 22.4 220 48.3 tail 22.4

29/5b-F2 19/02/1998
140 229 89 10 10 lead 22.4 300 22 17 1.55 70 90 1.92 tail 22.4

29/5b-F3 28/09/1998
140 230 90 10 10 lead 22.4 300 78 80 1.52 11 20 1.92 tail none

29/5b-F4 04/01/1999
140 230 90 10 10 lead 22.4 420 97 80 1.52 20 20 1.92 tail none

29/5b-F6 15/10/1999
140 230 90 10 10 lead 22.4 400 92 89 1.52 17 17 1.92 tail none

% type

Lafarge G Lafarge G Lafarge G Lafarge G Lafarge G X-Lite Lafarge G X-Lite Lafarge G X-Lite 100 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 1/3fresh 2/3sea Sea 1/3fresh 2/3sea Sea 1/3fresh 2/3sea Sea Sea Sea Sea Sea Sea Sea 2.5% Bento 2.5% Bento 2.5% Bento 3% CaCl2 2% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 2% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 2% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 3% CaCl2 3% CaCl2

l/ton or %

Thickening time (70BC) Compressive strenght 12 hr Compressive strenght 24 hr Flow pattern Spacer Plug type Remedial jobs

hr:min PSI PSI type sg type

18:38

06:50

18:38

06:50

18:38

06:50

50 695 laminar laminar Sea water/mica/fluo 1.03 Stinger 1 remedial + 1 top job

50 700 laminar laminar Sea water + dye 1.03 Stinger 1 top job

50 695 laminar laminar Sea water/mica/fluo 1.03 Stinger 2 remedial + 1 top job

05:03 03:28 830 520 1500 900 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.30 Stinger None

05:10 02:44 420 350 930 670 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.30 Stinger None

05:08 03:25 500 300 1100 700 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.32 Stinger None

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

26 SECTION

Interval : 230 to approx. 900 m TVD Pressure gradient : hydrostatic (EMW) Expected temperature : 36C BHST at 900m TVD 2.1 Purpose : To set the 20" casing at +/- 900m TVD BRT, above the under compacted clays and deep enough to cover all the unconsolidated sands. LOT : 1.80 SG EMW expected - 1.55 SG EMW required. Expected problems : Severe losses in the sands @ +/- 280 m .Large mud capacity is required . Hole cleaning. Running 20 casing Drilling fluid: This section can be drilled using a simple GEL/CMC drilling fluid. Down to a depth of 600 m where mud making clays are encountered a bentonitic/CMC system will be used. Thereafter below 600 m bentonite additions will cease and dilution pre mixes of seawater/CMC will be sufficient to control system properties. Typical composition of mud: Above 600 m Sea water Caustic soda Soda Ash Prehydrated Bentonite CMC LV CMC HV Barite Below 600 m Sea water Caustic soda Soda Ash CMC LV CMC HV Barite

2.2

2.3

2.3.1

2 - 3 kg/m as required 30 - 50 kg/m 3 - 4 kg/m 2 - 3 kg/m as needed

2 - 3 kg/m as required 4 - 5 kg/m 2 - 3 kg/m as needed

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.3.2

Typical mud characteristics Above 600 m Weight Funnel viscosity PV YP Gels 0/10 Filtrate API pH Below 600 m Weight Funnel viscosity PV YP Gels 0/10 Filtrate API pH Required mud volume : < 1.13 : 45 - 50 : 20 : 20 : 6 / 20 : 8 cc : 9.5 :2000 m

: < 1.13 : 45 - 50 : 15 - 20 : 20 - 25 : 6 - 10 / 10 - 25 : 15 down to 8 cc : 9.5

2.3.3

Safety stocks Bulk material Barite Bentonite Cement G + Silica Flour Material in sacks or drums Caustic soda LCM F/M/C Sodium bicarbonate Soda ash CMC HV/LV Free pipe CaCl2 :5t : 3 t/ 3 t / 3 t :1t :2t : 3 t/ 4 t : 2 m :3t : 150 t : 50 t : 100 t

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.3.4

Maintenance Recommendations - A significant dump and replace regime will be need to be employed to ensure control of mud rheology and density. It is critical that the mud density is controlled below 1.13 SG while drilling to avoid losses under dynamic conditions. - While drilling ahead, sweep the hole with 10 m of bentonite slurry prior to each connection to ensure hole is kept clean. These sweeps can be incorporated into the active system to assist in mudding up. Once mud making clays are encountered these pills can be replaced by CMC Hi Vis to allow easier control MBT levels in the mud system. - Density should be controlled under 1.13 SG while drilling. Increase to 1.15 SG prior POOH to run casing. - Flow rates must not be reduced unless it is not possible to keep up with hole mud losses. Pump output is recommended to be > 4000 l/min. - Instantaneous penetration rates should be controlled less than 90 m/h. Average penetration rates should only be reduced if the pump rate is lowered. - Fluid loss should be maintained initially at less than 15 cc, reducing to 8 cc below 600m to control swelling of the reactive shale. Increased additions of CMC in the premix should control it. - Hi-Vis sweeps should be used while drilling. It is recommended that a 10 m sweep should be pumped such that is CLEAR of the BHA on the connections or as required. These sweeps can be formulated with bentonite above 600 m then using CMC Hi-Vis. - In case of downhole losses under 5 m/h add LCM to the system. If the losses increase over 5 m/h pump a pill of LCM as follow: Mud from the system CMC Hi-Vis for VM>150 LCM F : 50 kg/m LCM M : 50 kg/m LCM C : 50 kg/m - NUT PLUG F , BAROFIBER M , MICA M ARE THE PRIMARY LCM

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.4

Experience :

2.4.1

Type of mud used : Type Used Seawater and sweeps Bentonite/polymer Volume Built / Used @ +/- 2300 m Recommended Not recommended Bentonite/polymer Recommended m3 as required

2.4.2

Density Density Used 1.15-1.18 Density Recommended < 1.18 SG

2.4.3

Kill mud used. Type & Weight Used None Recommended None

2.4.4

Desilter To minimise the sand content and assist in controlling the mud weight use the mud cleaner as a desilter, i.e. dump cone discharge. Have a suitable number of spares on the rig. Service the mud cleaner prior to starting the phase.

2.4.5.

Shaker Screens The gumbo shakers ( scalpers ) were dressed with 20 over 40 mesh screens. As soon as screens became available the shakers were changed to 10 over 20 mesh screens so that the shakers could handle the volume. The THULE shakers were redressed with the last of the coarse shaker screens in stock on the rig. The configuration of the bottom deck of the shakers was: Top Section : Shaker #1 Shaker #2 Shaker #3 Shaker #4 84 x 84 x 105 x 105 52 x 84 x 105 x 105 52 x 84 x 105 x 105 52 x 105 x 105 x 105

Around 600 metres:


4

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Shaker #1: 105 x 105 x 105 x 105 Shaker #2: 84 x 84 x 105 x 105 Shaker #3: 84 x 84 x 105 x 105 Shaker #4: 84 x 84 x 105 x 105 Increase the number and selection of shaker screens kept in the store on the rig. 2.4.6. Pit management. No problems were encountered. Personnel During top hole drilling it is helpful to have extra roustabouts to help man the shaker house. 2.4.8 Drill Water Have the maximum amount of drill water on hand for pre-hydration of bentonite when drilling top hole. Pump rate Do not exceed 4,200 litres per minute with the pumps. The surface equipment cannot process the mud at the higher pump rates. Too much drilling fluid is lost from the shakers at the higher pump rates.

2.4.7.

2.4.9

Recommendations: GUMBOS OBSERVED AT THE SHAKERS : ADDITION OF SEA WATER IS REQUIRED . Losses : PARTIAL TO TOTAL LOSSES @ 280 M : CONCENTRATION OF 150 KGS/M ( 15 / SPOT HI VIS PILL FOLLOWED BY A LCM PILL AT A 20 M ) .

SET CEMENT PLUG TO CURE LOSSES WITH CACL2 IF NO SUCCESS WITH LCM .SPOT LCM PILL ( 150 KGS/M ) AHEAD A HI-VIS PILL FOLLOWED BY A SLURRY WITH 2% OF CACL2 RUNNING 20 CASING AT TD : PUMPED 15 M OF PILL ( CAUSTIC / DETERGENT ) 70/80 KGS/M OF NUT COARSE @ 1.19 SG
FOLLOWED BY

30 / 40

M OF MUD

DISPLACE WELL WITH 90 M HI-VIS MUD @ 1.19 SG PIT VOLUME : RIG SELECTION , ENSURE THAT THE MINIMUM CAPACITY IS 600 M .

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.5

20" casing and cementing (shoe at approx. 900 m TVD)


Cementing job with long STINGER : - Due to the high porosity / high permeability of the sands drilled and the risks of losses the 20" casing will be cemented with two slurries: Tail slurry 1.90 SG from the 20 shoe to +/- 700 m Lead slurry to the seabed or MLS - To estimate the hole volume, a sea water spacer with dye / LCM will be pumped ahead the lead slurry, and the return will be monitored by ROV. - When the spacer is seen at the mud line, the open hole volume will be assessed and the slurry volume will be adapted accordingly in order to fill the annulus. Slurry volume calculations 26 hole volume: 342.5 l/m E.A. 26/20 volume : 139.4 l/m 5 DP inside volume: 9.05 l/m Spacer volume: 20 m Lead slurry volume (100% of excess) 175 m Tail slurry volume (50% of excess) 50 m Displacement (stinger) +/- 10 m Fluids Design: - Spacer Sea water + Dye XCD Polymer Barite - Lead slurry G cement (Dyckerhoff or Lafarge ) 35% Silica 350 kg/t Drill water / Sea water 1681 l/t Antifoam 1 l/t D075 or Bentonite Extender 35.5 kg/t or 2% BWOC

10 to 15 kg/m For 1.25 SG

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

- Tail slurry G cement ( Dyckerhoff or Lafarge ) 35% Silica 350 kg/t Drill water 546 l/t Antifoam 1 l/t D060 or Halad 344 FLC 10 kg/t or 0.35% BWOC Cement Slurry properties : - Lead slurry Density Yield Thickening Time - Tail slurry Density Yield Thickening Time Compressive strength 1.92 SG 999 l/t 5h00 > 150 bar in 24 h 1.44 SG 2161 l/t 6h00 - 7h00

When cement operation has been verified as successful by ROV or return identified at the wellhead , stop pumping slurry and displace with sea water until top of cement inside the 20" casing is approx. 7 m above the float. Bleed off pressure and check for back-flow before unlatching running tool and pulling out of hole. In the case of MLS, flush the 30x 20annulus above the MLS by pumping sea water or a solution of sugar through the ports. During this job the flushing pressure should not exceed pumping pressure at the end of displacement. A remedial cement job will be considered if the slurry is not back to the mud line or surface.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.6EXPERIENCE : ( see Example below )

20 CEMENTING Procedure :
Running Procedure and centralisation : ( see UWG detailed procedure + centralizer placement). Note : The casing will be filled up with mud 1.15 / 1.16 SG . Stinger will be run to +/- 10 m above float collar + Vetco circulating head will be used for cement job . ( Stinger seal assembly is only available as a back up ). Circulation at bottom to reduce mud rheology

Pumping Sequence :
1 - Spacer to break gels - 14 m with QBII or DESCO 2 - Spacer to be used : +/- 48 m of Spacer 500 - ( equivalent of tail slurry volume ) Composition : Fresh water + Viscosifier ( 32 kg/m ) + Barite -SG = 1.30 Reminder : On F4 - Good interface between thin spacer and viscosified spacer , but poor interface between spacer and lead slurry .( 20 m contaminated ) 3 - Mix and pump Lead slurry : SG =1.45 Total volume +/- 180 m ( with Excess ) Slurry yield = 2126 l/ton Cement G ( Lafarge ) + 35 % Silica Water (sea water)+50% Drill water DefoamerNF5 L Bentonite CaCl 2 Thickening time = 12 h 30 min + Compressive Strength 10 bar in 24 hours 4 - Mix and pump Tail slurry : SG =1.92 Volume = 48 m Slurry yield = 982 l/ton Cement G ( Lafarge) + 35 % Silica Fresh water Defoamer Halad 344 Thickening time = 5 h at 100 BC Compressive Strength 1 ton 532 l/ton 1 l/ton 0.35 % 65 tons 25.5 m ( 160 bbls ) 50 liters 168 kgs 1 ton 1660 l/ton 1 l/ton 3% 2% 114 tons( blended ) 140 m ( 3 mud pits ) 80 litres 2400 kgs 1600 kgs

87 bar in 12 hours 154 bar in 24 hours @ 30C

5 - Displacement with mud SG =1.15 at 1500 l/min8

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Monitor continually the return at flow line in case of channeling ( Ref. On G5 & F4 ). Check for back flow . If there is some return , check volume and pump same volume .Wait for cement samples . Final static pressure should be 45 bars at the end of displacement. 6 - Timing : Mixing + Pumping Slurries Displacement N 1 Safety factor Total = 235 min = 10 min = 60 min = 305 min

7 - Excess volume versus hole volume : Theoritical Annulus volume + Overlap ( 30 X 20 ) + Shoe = 140 m Annul. Volume hole/casing 142 l/m 192 l/m 220 l/m 250 l/m Equivalent Volume Planned Equivalent Excess in Slurry Volume % - Open Hole 140 m 173 m 192 m 213 m 228 m 228 m 228 m 228 m 89 % 42 % 25 % 10 %

Diameter 26 28 29 30

The first number is for an O.H diameter of 26 and the last one for 30 . Anything outside these limits should be considered as suspect , like channeling , losses , Reminder : On F4 a contaminated return has been reported after pumping a volume of 169 m of Lead + Tail Note : It has been very difficult to check the losses on F4 cement Job . Could you inform everyone ( mud loggers , Derrick-man & Mud Engineers ) that this issue is critical as the 20 casing is our foundation to handle all the weights as the 30 CP cement job is not reliable .

Recommendations :
- No wiper trip , Back reaming systematically before running casing - The use blend cement is required ( G + 35% of silica ) - Pump a pill to break the gel before the cement job .( SAPP ) - Use Stinger with stab-in device in case of surface leak .( stab in shoe ) Well volume : gauge hole +/- 20 %

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

RECAP :
Well 29/5 - B F1 29/5 - B F2 29/5 - B F3 29/5 - B F4 29/5 - B F5 29/5 B F6 22/30 - C G4 22/30 - C G5 22/30 - C G6 22/30 - C G7 22/30 - C G8 Lead 134 m 120 m 135 m 103 m 133 m 175 m 175 m 128 m 118 m 119 m Tail 48 m 49 m 48 m 45 m 52 m 54 m 48 m 48 m 46 m 48 m Total 182 m 169 m 175 m 148 m 185 m 229 m 223 m 176 m 164 m 167 m Comments Water bushing was leaking Spacer back to surface Return cement Return cement Return cement ( access deck )
No cemt in the shoe track , Pb with plug Spacer w/Breaker , Good return @1.40 sg

idem Lead return @ 1.43 SG

10

29/5b FRANKLIN - 26" OPEN HOLE / 20" CASING CEMENTATION Well Date
Top of cement Casing shoe Height BHST BHCT Type of slurry Theoritical slurry volume Excess Total slurry volume Weight of cement (G+S) Slurry weight Cement Lafarge G Silica flour Water Additives m m m C C m % m ton sg % % type

29/5b-F1 12/02/1998
Surface 905 670 36 20 lead 83 60 120 74 1.44 100 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 1 lit NF5 tail 35 50 49 66 1.92 100 35 Sea 205

29/5b-F2 01/03/1998
Surface 907 672 36 20 lead 83 60 120 74 1.45 100 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 1 lit NF5 tail 35 50 49 66 1.92 100 35 Sea 205

29/5b-F5 09/03/1998
Surface 905 670 36 18 lead 83 76 133 82.1 1.45 100 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 tail 35 60 52 71.5 1.92 100 35 Sea 205

29/5b-F3 04/10/1998
Surface 899 670 36 20 lead 83 70 135 92 1.45 100 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 tail 35 42 48 65 1.92 100 35 Fresh 199

29/5b-F4 11/01/1999
Surface 909 670 36 18 lead 83 30 103 65 1.45 100 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 tail 35 42 48 62 1.92 100 35 Fresh 209

29/5b-F6 22/10/1999
Surface 911 670 36 18 lead 83 30 102 60 1.45 1 35 fresh sea 3% Bento 2% CaCl2 tail 35 30 40 60 1.92 1 35 Fresh 211

l/ton or %

0.35%Hal-344

0.35%Hal-344

0.35%Hal-344

0.35%Hal-344

0.35%Hal-344

0.3% Hal-344

Thickening time (70BC) hr:min Compressive strenght 12 hr PSI Compressive strenght 24 hr PSI Flow pattern Spacer type sg Plug type Displacement type

13:19

08:30

13:20

09:20

70 2100 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.25 Stinger Sea water

280 2200 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.28 Stinger Sea water

09:00 1300 280 2200 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.30 Stinger Sea water

13:20

04:51 1100 130 2200 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.25 Stinger Sea water

12:11

15:12

05:32

90 1650 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.25 Stinger Sea water

06:30 670 90 1900 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.25 Stinger Sea water

15:50

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

3.

17"1/2 or 16 SECTION
Interval Max expected BHP LOT at 20" shoe Expected temperature : From 900 to +/- 4000 m( MD ) +/- 3600 m (TVD) : 1.47 EMW (Hordaland) : 1.85 EMW required (for 15 m limited kick) : 135C BHST at 3600m TVD

If the LOT is under 1.85 EMW at the 20 shoe, a remedial cement job will be performed. 3.1 Purpose: Set the 13 3/8 casing below the Palaeocene just into the Tor formation to cover overpressured Hordaland Shales and the potentially weak Palaeocene sand. Expected problems - Hole stability in the Nordland and Hordaland clays which are water sensitive , dispersive and potentially over-pressured. - Danger of differential sticking in Palaeocene sandstone , and seepages losses . - Hole cleaning in deviated wells. Drilling fluid Experience Hydraulic This hole section will be drilled using a synthetic oil base mud with mud weight 1.55SG. Typical composition of mud ( 1.55 SG , 65/35 , 160 000 ppm WPS) XP-07 EZ MUL 2F Lime DURATONE HT Water GELTONE Calcium Chloride Barite RM 63 447 l/m 32 - 45 l/m 11.5 kg/m 12 - 19 kg/m 246 l/m (Viscosifier/Gelling Agent) 5 kg/m (CaCl2) 110 kg/m (Weighting Agent) 633 kg/m (Rheology Modifier) 1.5 - 2 l/m (Base Fluid) (Primary Emulsifier) (Ca(OH)2) (Fluid Loss Control)

3.2

3.3

3.3.1

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

3.3.2

Typical mud characteristics Weight PV YP YS Gels 0/10 Filtrate API Filtrate HP/HT E. S. Cl-(Water Phase Salinity) H/E Excess of Lime : 1.55 1.60 : ALAP : 20 - 25 lbs/100ft : 8 - 10 lbs/100ft : 15/25 - 20/30 : 0 cc : 3 - 4 cc : > 400 V : 160 g/l : 65/35 - 70 /30 : 10 g/l

3.3.3

Safety stocks Bulk material Barite Cement G + Silica Flour

: 150 t : 100 t

Material in sacks or drums BARACARB 50/150 : 3 t/ 3 t Ultra seal :3t 3 Chemicals to mix 300 m of synthetic base mud Kill mud / Synthetic Base Oil Kill mud 1.75 SG Base Oil 3.3.4 Recommendations Displacement to SBM: SBM/Base fluid should not be brought on board until platform wide containment measures have been fully discussed with all rig crews and implemented. No base fluid spacer should be pumped between the sea water and the XP-07 mud. Its inclusion will only add to the volume of contaminated interface. A small degree of contamination will take place. Divert the interface to a reserve pit on its return to surface. Condition the volume for later use in the 17 section. The first 10 m of XP-07 mud should contain one drum of oil wetting agent. The XP-07 mud system will be cold during displacement operation (YP>35 lbs/100ft). The rheology will be reduced as the temperature of the circulating system increases. : 50 m : 150 m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Dress the shale shakers (screens) accordingly to avoid whole mud losses at the shale shakers.

Until the XP-07 has been sheared through the bit and its temperature has increased, utilise coarse screens ( + 84 mesh) on the shale shakers to avoid unnecessary surface losses. Note that if the mud is a reconditioned stock then it will take less time to fully yield. If the mud is predominantly new mud then it will take longer to fully shear up and yield. As the mud heats up and becomes less viscous, the screens should be progressively changed to a finest mesh which can cope with the flow rate in use. Displace the sea water from the well with the maximum available pump rates, reducing the pump rates when the synthetic mud is close to the surface. A minimum of 600 m of fully-formulated XP-07 whole mud weighing 1.55 SG will be required to displace the hole and enable drilling to proceed without the need to mix new volume. An additional + 300 m of mud will be required during this section. By having sufficient reserve volume of premixed mud available, the mud engineer and rig crew will be free to concentrate on the maintenance of the active system while penetration rates are high. Reserves of XP-07 Base Fluid + 150m, should be kept onboard for dilution, oilwater ratio adjustments and weight reductions. An estimate 950 m of XP-07 mud will be required to drill the section. 600 m will be shipped from town, with the balance being made offshore. - Mud weight: A review of offset wells in the area indicates mud weight up to 1.74 SG have been required to stabilise the Lower Tertiary. Some wells have experienced losses during running and cementing of 14x 13 3/8 casing with mud densities above 1.60 SG. Formation pressure in this section are anticipated as being overpressured with the pore pressure increases from 1.08 - 1.44 SG. Experience has shown that if these shale are permitted to slough due to insufficient mud weight at the outset, rig time is likely to the lost whilst attempting to stop this occurrence by increasing mud density after the fact. An initial drill out weight of 1.55 SG is anticipated to be adequate for this interval. Further increases in the mud weight may be required to insure a stable wellbore and any indications of hole instability e.g. caving, should be addressed immediately by reviewing the mud density. This is especially true as the hole will be deviated to 25 degrees. - Possible shale shakers screen blinding due to the size/shape of Palaeocene sand grains, hence the shale shakers should be attended to all times and screens size type/shape (oblong/square), and angle changed as required to prevent surface losses. Ensure base fluid wash guns are set up and operational at the shakers. - Mud rheology: The XP-07 mud system has a good relatively flat rheological profile. This result in reduced ECD and permits greater circulating rates for given pump pressure. It is recommended to maximise hole (and riser) cleaning: Use the highest possible pump output / annular velocities.
3

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Keep the Yield Point at 50C between 20 and 30 lbs/100ft with the Plastic Viscosity as low as possible. Optimise the low shear rheology using RM 63 and GELTONE II to suppress the formation of cuttings beds, and assist in hole cleaning by maintaining the Yield Stress between 12 and 15. Maintain high initial gel strength giving rapid suspension of cuttings when the pumps are off during surveys, or trips. This should be combined with flat gel strength development. Use mechanical means (e.g. wiper trips, pipe rotation, reciprocation, back reaming with the top drive, etc.) and weighted pills pumped prior to trips to assist with hole cleaning. If a more viscous mud is required, suggest initial treatment to raise Yield Point to 28 30 and initial to + 15. If further viscosity increases are deemed necessary to improve the muds carrying capacity, increase the Yield Point and 6 RPM reading in increments of 5 lb/100ft. An upper limit of 30 should be considered the upper limit to ensure optimisation of hydraulics. - Pumping rates: Bottom hole assemblies must be optimised such that pressure limitations allow for pump rates of over 4,300 l/min. In addition, bit (e.g. PDC), MWD and downhole motors (if used) should have a maximum possible I.D.s and must be rated for use with pump rates of this magnitude. The use of 6 5/8 and/or 5 drill pipe is recommended to enable 4,300 l/min to be achieved. Note particularly that pumps should be started slowly on running into the hole to avoid excessive surge pressures on the formation which could cause pressure fluctuations and destabilise the hole. - Penetration rates: Penetration rate must be controlled to minimise the accumulation of cuttings beds and prevent overloading in the annulus which would be detrimental to hole cleaning and would exacerbate hole pack-off as well as loss of return /induced fracturing. Additionally, bit balling, as related to solids crowding in the mud, is also affected by drilling rates. Very high instantaneous ROP will cause bit balling , hence the ROP must be controlled not only on an average basis but also over short drilling periods. - Hole cleaning: To ensure that good hole cleaning is achieved in this section, it is recommended that the Yield Point and Yield Stress be maintained as programmed. Pump rate should also be as recommended. Hole cleaning is a function of mud rheology, circulation rates and ROP. Any indication of failure to clean the hole adequately should be countered by increasing the circulation time on connections and before trips. Maximum allowable pump rates must be used when circulating the hole clean, do not circulate at less than drilling rates.
4

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Even with mud properties and flow rates optimised a hole cleaning problem may still occur. At the first indication of possible problems, pump a high viscosity/weighted pill (pump these pills prior the trips). This should be sized to cover 100 m of annular hole. It is recommended that a 2.0 SG weighted pill be pumped around while rotating the string > 150 rpm if possible. In the case of all pills do not stop or reduce the circulation rate before the pill(s) have been evacuated from hole. To do so will result in material dropping out of the pill and possibly avalanching downhole. All attempts should be made to isolate weighted pills on surface for re-use. Return of all pills should be monitored at the shakers, to gauge their effectiveness. The trend in the correlation of cuttings generated and seen at the surface to ROP can provide another indication of the effectiveness of hole cleaning. The mud engineers should be monitoring cuttings volumes and correlating with these drilling rates at all times. The shaker hands should also be shown what to watch for so that they can provide a speedy warning e.g. a soft sticky must means the cuttings are being reground in the well and are not being removed. - Seepage losses/differential sticking: Since mud weight increases above normal will be required to stabilise the Nordland and Hordaland shale sections, there is a risk of differentially sticking the drill-string when drilling the Palaeocene sand section. Prior to drill the sands, the mud system should be treated with 20 kg/m BARACARB 50 and 9 kg/m BARACARB 150 (Graded Marble) as bridging agents. Maintain the concentration of material in the mud by adding 1 sack of BARACARB 50 and 1 sack of BARACARB 150 per stand, while drilling the sand to ensure enough fresh material is available for bridging. BARACARB will effectively bridge opposite the porous sand and minimising the filter cake build-up, filtrate/whole mud invasion, seepage losses and differential sticking. Mud samples should be sent to town on a regular basis to check the bridging effectiveness by measuring the particle size distribution of the fluid. - Water phase salinity: It is recommended that the WPS is run at 160 g/l Cl-. Based on the offset well data on blocks in the area, this level of salinity will mean that the shale are stabilised without taking so mush water into the mud and having to adjust the SWR. Starting with 160 g/l Cl-, adjustments will be made as dictated by cuttings integrity and indications of water gains from the formation by way of osmosis. - Alkalinity: the alkalinity should be maintained in the range of 10 - 15 kg/m. Depletion and/or acid gasses may necessitate regular additions of lime to maintain this level. - Solid control: It is essential that the maximum use be made of all available solids control equipment. Run the shale shakers utilising the finest mesh screen possible. Ensure that

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Shale shaker screens are being effectively used by analysing the LGS/HGS ratio in both the

input and output. Sand blinding has been experienced on the most of the surrounding wells, hence the selection of shale shaker screen sizes will be critical to avoid any surface losses of this expensive mud system. It is recommended that 120 mesh be used initially and as soon as possible they should be changed for 145/165. However this should be reviewed in the light of mud properties and the nature of the solids on the screens at the time. Shale shakers have to be attended to at all times, and screens changed as circumstances dictate to keep the optimum screen size on the shakers. It is also suggested that both oblong, square and pyramidal screens be available on the rig site and various combinations are tried to minimise sand blinding. The base fluid wash gun should be available prior to drilling the 17 hole. - Synthetic Oil on Cuttings: For the DTI Department of the Trade and Industry the SOC Synthetic Oil on Cutting are to be performed every 300 metres or daily, whichever is the sooner. The average quantity of oil on the cuttings for each well must be kept under 10%. i. cuttings samples will not be taken while coring. ii. cuttings samples will not be taken while drilling cement. iii. prior to take a cuttings sample, the shakers must be washed down with a high pressure oil gun. iv. if the retort analysis gives a figure in excess of 120 g/kg, the procedure must be repeated using a different sample to con firm the high value. v. cutting sample will be taken from the shakers only. vi. cutting sample must be retained for onshore analytical analysis. reporting of the SOC must be issued daily and a cumulative SOC will be issued at the end of each phase and at the end of each wells.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

3.3.5

Experience :

NOTIFICATION

Environmental concerns are now taking priority over technical or economical considerations in the selection of drilling mud systems for off shore uses. This trend is corroborated by the increasingly stringent regulations governing the amount of oil allowed to be discharged into the sea with drilled cuttings. On the 1/1/2001, a zero discharge limit will be imposed in the North Sea, with a four years transition resulting in a reduction of 20% per year of the tonnage of oil wet cuttings discarded to the sea, based on the 1996 year quantity. This regulation preclude or limit the use of oil base mud or force that drilled cuttings be : transported on shore and treated to remove adhering oil. grounded and slurryfied off shore and injected in a dedicated formation through a disposal well. Facing this scenario much efforts has gone to improve water based mud, but the drilling performances remain lower compared to those obtained while using oil base muds and PDC bits. BAROID have carried out extensive research into alternates to low aromatic mineral oil mud systems. The outcome of these researches was the development of the Petrofree invert emulsion system which exhibits equivalent properties to mineral oil base mud without the environmental inconveniences. The Petrofree shows very good bio-degradation properties, and due to this matter its discharge to sea had been allowed. This mud was first used in the years 1990 but it is very costly ( 1,200.00 m ) : 5 time the cost of a low toxic oil base mud. 2 to 3 time the cost of an synthetic oil base mud. ELF has been very reluctant to use this mud due to its cost. For the Elgin and Franklin developments the 17 sections are drilled from 900 m to 3800 m with invert oil base mud. The first 2000 m are drilled in three days resulting in the generation of 1200 tons of oil wet cuttings. It is impossible to recover and store on the rig this amount of cuttings for on shore or off shore process, so they must be discarded to the sea. Due to the Elf Strategy for reducing oil discharge submitted to the D.T.I and the transition period for discharge of oil wet cuttings by using an Ester base oil , it has been decided to run for the first time in the Elf group the Petrofree mud system from BAROID.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Type of mud.

Type Used XP07 or Petrofree 2.

Recommended XP07 or Petrofree

Density. A density of 1.55 SG provided good hole support.( vertical hole ) Density Used 1.55 SG Density Recommended if angle> 35 1.60 / 1.65 SG

3.

Contingency stoks . Barite, LCM and ester stocks should be reviewed with the Elf supervisor prior starting each section. It is recommended to continue to keep these minimum contingency stocks for each future 16 section. Base Fluid Barite LCM F/M Starting Stock 326 MT 30 MT 207 m3 Minimum Contingency Stock 150 MT 3/3 MT 150 m3 Rheology The average yield point was in the 25 to 35 lb/100 sq. ft. range. No tight hole attributable to poor hole cleaning was seen. PV YP Yield stress Used 32 to 54 17 to 55 7 to 15 Recommended A.L.A.P 20 to 35 12 to 15 Emulsifiers and HPHT Due to the high efficiency of the mud cooler, lower then previously seen mud temperatures were recorded, resulting in slightly lower rates of evaporation. As a consequence, less water was added to the mud but additions of emulsifier to the system were essential to maintain a stable mud system. The electrical stability was kept at 600-800 volts with concentrations of EZ MUL NTE between 40 and 60 Kg/m3. Primary Emulsifier EZ MUL NTE EZ MUL NTE Electrical Stability 380 to 885 > 400

4.

5.

Used Recommended

Used Recommended

HP/HT ml 1.8 to 2.0 < 4.0

Temperature deg. C 130 130

6.

Alkanility
8

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

XP07 or PETROFREE does not require high alkalinity. Excess lime kg/m3. 0.9 to 1.5 2.0 to 3.0 4.0

Used Recommended, engineers Recommended, program 7.

Evaporation. Levels of evaporation, were low throughout the interval considering the down hole temperature. Again this is due to an efficient mud cooler. Oil water ratio and water phase salinity. Base fluid / Water ratio Used Recommended 69 / 31 to 75/ 25 65 / 35 to 70 / 30 Water Phase Salinity. mg/l Chlorides 128,134 to 176,942 >160,000

8.

9.

Low gravity solids : ESTER application Due to the temperature related expansion properties of the PETROFREE system, care must be taken when running the retort. The sample must be allowed to cool to 20 degrees Celsius and the weight of the sample at this temperature checked on the temperature vs. weight chart ( obtained with DFG+). This temperature corrected weight is then used to calculate the true LGS content of the mud. True Low Gravity solids, kg/m3. Used 35 to 138 Recommended > 150 Kg/m3

10.

Solids Control Scalper 12 12 12 12 Scalper 20 20 20 20


No.1 125 125 100 185 185 145 94 94 94 185 185 145 N0. 2 125 125 100 185 185 145 94 94 94 185 185 145 No. 3 125 125 100 185 185 145 94 94 94 185 185 145 No. 4 125 125 100 185 185 145 120 120 94 185 185 145 No. 5 125 125 100 185 185 145 120 120 94 185 185 145

Mesh size used at start. Mesh size used at end Recommended at start. Changing to :-

11.

Base Fluid on Cuttings. Interval average


9

80 /90 gm/kg

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

The slow ROP and the PDC bits used in the bottom section of the interval produced small cuttings resulting in a high arithmetical average for the Base Fluid On Cuttings. Data from OILTOOLS. 12. 26 Cement drill out The well was displaced to PETROFREE or XP07 mud after drilling out the cement with water base mud. A good interface was seen on the displacement and the last two cubic meters of water and the minimal interface was caught in the pits to minimise any risk of spillage. Drill out of cement. Displace to SBM only after good cement has been encountered. Drill rest of cement with SBM. 13. Kill mud used. Type & Weight Used Not required due to programme change. 14. Recommended Exploration well 50 m @ 1.75 SG

PIT Management No problems were encountered with the pits due to the adequate volumes available. The pill tank should be left free of slugs so any pills / dilution can be made up. A separate pit should be used for slugs.

RIG Selection :

The pit capacity is a major problem during this section , volume handle is around 1000 m .

10

FRANKLIN 29 / 5b-F5 Hydraulics analysis - 17" hole

02/05/1999 03/05/1999 04/05/1999 05/05/1999 06/05/1999 07/05/1999 08/05/1999 09/05/1999 10/05/1999 11/05/1999 12/05/1999 13/05/1999 14/05/1999 15/05/1999 16/05/1999 17/05/1999 18/05/1999 19/05/1999 20/05/1999 21/05/1999 22/05/1999

1025 1425 1821 2571 2983 3000 3239 3305 3382 3388 3435 3462 3476 3482 3493 3502 3505 3524 3536 3542 3546

1023 1422 1817 2539 2900 2915 3123 3182 3252 3258 3435 3330 3343 3348 3359 3368 3370 3387 3398 3404 3408

5.0 2.0 5.0 25.0 29.4

3390 3980 4190 4220 4230 4215

146 171 175 175 60 60 120 150 70 70 150 110 150 110 110 110 100 60 60 60 60

112 242 244 235 290 271 255 203 200 195 240 170 175 190 184 197 195 266 263 218 150

4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10

9 x 16 9 x 16 9 x 16 9 x 16 9 x 16 9 x 16 9 x 14 9 x 14 9 x 14 9 x 14 6 x 20 6 x 20 6 x 20 9 x 16 9 x 16 4 x 22 4 x 22 1x16+3x20 1x16+3x20 1x17+3x20 1x17+3x20

5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11

31 37 38 39 39 39 39 35 35 35 39 36 35 35 35 35 35 37 37 34 37

25 30 32 32 32 32 32 29 29 29 32 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 28 30

1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

27 38 49 57 65 65 60 45 41 41 51 57 49 43 44 40 40 46 47 47 47

1.61 1.60 1.59+ 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.61 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

31 42 52 59 71 71 68 56 56 57 62 65 59 54 54 55 54 60 61 62 62

41 57 73 102 116 117 125 127 130 131 138 133 134 134 135 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 137 137

54 54 60 58 58 57 55 50 48 48 47 44 42 47 45 45 47 47 47 46 47 47 47 47

27 35 40 31 28 28 26 23 17 20 21 20 18 20 20 19 20 23 23 24 23 23 23 23

18 20 23 20 18 17 17 15 13 13 13 12 12 14 14 12 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

1.05 1.04 1.08

Nordland

Hordaland Hordaland Hordaland Hordaland Balder Sele - Lista Lista Lista Andrew Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen Maureen

26.1 25.3 22.5

4300 3800 3850 3800 4300

22.8

3870 3850 3800 3800 3850 3800 4050 4050 3700 4000

23/05/1999 3546.0 3408 24/05/1999 3546.0 3408 25/05/1999 3546.0 3408

Stand Pipe Pressure versus ECDEFLF on 29/5B - F5


17 1/2" Section
445 430 415 400 385 370 355

Flow rate value x 10 = l/min

Stand pipe Pressure

340 325 310 295 280 265 250 235 220 205 190 175 160 1821 2271 2455 2850 3000 3200 3285 3370 3388 3405 3460 3475 3487 3493 3500 3505 3535 3546 3542

SPP rig / ECDELF

Depth MD

Page 1

DRILLING FLUIDS RECOMMENDATIONS

17 16 Drilling section (910 to +/- 3500 m TVD)


PARAMETERS INDICATORS RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action

Increasing of Solids Contents.

Dilution with new mud. Drilled some wells in 16 (wells performed with Ester system) to minimise the volume drilled. ! Necessity to have 850 m of new mud on board at the beginning of section due to high ROP in shales. Use the finest screens possible (compatible with OOC) on the shakers to minimise mud contamination with solids.

Specific gravity SG = 1.55 / 1.60 Cavings on shakers up to 5% in Hordaland.

! Good results. Maintain 1.55 SG mud weight, decrease flow rate to 4000 l/min when ROP decrease. Increased mud weight to 1.60 SG to prevent caving in deviated well above 20-degree angle. ! Small amount of cavings during the section, decreasing at the end of section. Large cavings after side track in G8 well at 40 degree angle Hordaland formation destabilised by water base cement spacer during side track. No mud solution: requested to side track again the section just below the 20 casing, thus above top of Hordaland.

Hole Cleaning. Rheology

Maintain a good carrying capacity with 4500 l/min Flow Rate and Yield Point > 30 by treatment with Geltone II / Suspentone + RM 63. ! Good result: no hole cleaning problems. Achieved by dilution with new mud, addition of EZMUL-2F and solids control.

PV: ALAP.

Increasing. HT Fluid loss < 3/4 cc

Necessity to keep a low HP/HT filtrate due to a low-pressure zone in the Palaeocene: Kept Duratone HT concentration at 14-16 kg/m. ! HP/HT = 2.2 - 2.6 cc at 130C.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action

Lime excess > 5/7 kg/m with XP-07 system

PB decreasing.

Treat the active system continuously with Lime. ! No problems of mud stability in spite of an excess of Lime sometimes less than 1 kg/m.

Electric Stability

> at 400 V.

Kept a correct concentration of EZMUL-2F in the system to maintain good mud stability in spite of water incoming from the formation (osmotic action on the shales) and water additions at surface to balance evaporation. ! ES at around 700 V at the end of section.

Potentials Formation Losses.

Before reaching the Palaeocene the Mud system will be treated with: Baracarb 150:10-15 kg/m Baracarb 50: 20-25 kg/m Baracarb 600: 1-2 kg/m Barofibre: 2-3 kg/m Soltex: 10-15 kg/m ! Only some seepage observed. Kept a H/P H/T filtrate as low as possible as seen above. ! No differential sticking met in this section. Have a LCM pill (+/- 20 m with a concentration of 180 to 200 kg/m) ready to be pumped. The HPHT fluid loss was maintained at less than 2 cc (<1 cc in most cases) at the maximum geothermal temperature to minimise the filter cake. This was maintained prior to entering the Palaeocene sands until the 14 x 13 3/8 casing was cemented. To improve the quality of the filter cake, 70 kg/m cellulose LCM pills were spotted over the Palaeocene sands during connections until the bottom hole assembly was below the permeable sands. Prior to trip out of the hole, the same pills were pumped to cover the complete Palaeocene sands interval to prevent the formation of thick filter cakes. The above measures proved effective in minimising the risk of differential pressure sticking as no signs of differential sticking was observed during the six well project.

Palaeocene Formation Weak Zone

Differential Sticking. (2800 PSI over pressure) REMINDER Shell Shearwater

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action

Oil on Cuttings.

Optimisation of shakers screens. Use High G Dryer when available to return base fluid to the system and then minimise Oil Discharge to the sea.

Environment

Kept Oil Content on cuttings less than 10%. Use time to time an Ester Mud System to drill section in order to minimise the environmental impact of cuttings in the sea. Met problems of high rheology, gels and borehole instability with this system on G8; system no more allowed to be discarded with cuttings to the sea in 2002.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

3.5

14 x 13 3/8 casing and cementing


Running the casing: prior to run the casing, the gel strength and yield point must both be reduced, the yield point + 18 lb/100ft, and the 10 gel to < 25 to avoid excessive surge pressures when running in. Pilot tests will be completed by the mud engineer to determine the optimum treatment levels. This can best be accomplished by additions of OMC 2 or by addition of base fluid. Care should be taken so as not to over treat the system with OMC 2. When running casing, consideration should be given to breaking circulation half way in the hole, to reduce back pressure when breaking circulation on bottom prior to cementing. Swab and surge calculations should be run on the actual data of the time to optimise the rheological properties and casing running speeds, to ensure they are well within the limits of the LOT at the 20 shoe.

- Synthetic base mud recovery: if no major problem of borehole stability has been seen while drilling, a sacrificial water base mud will be pumped to remove the SBM { Ester or XP07 }from behind the casing. Recommended concentrations: Drill water Soda ash Caustic soda Bentonite BARAZAN Plus DEXTRID BARASCAV D ALDACIDE G Barite to adjust density .

0.75 kg/m3 1.5 kg/m3 30 kg/m3 1.7 kg/m3 7 kg/m3 0.75 kg/m3 0.25 kg/m3

- Cementing job The 14 x 13 3/8or 13 3/8 casing will be cemented with a lead and tail slurries. The top of the lead will be around 2000 metres TVD ( See casing Load design ) . The top of the tail will be at 3050 metres TVD, to cover the Palaeocene sands. A bottom and top plug cementing head will be used. 17 1/2 hole volume E.A. 17 1/2x 13 3/8: E. A. 20 (# 129.3) x 13 3/8:
11

155.2 l/m 64.4 l/m 87.0 l/m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

13 3/8 inside volume: Annulus volume: Synthetic Base Oil Sacrificial water base mud: Spacer volume: Lead slurry No excess Tail slurry volume 30% excess Displacement Fluid design: - spacer 1 Synthetic Base Oil - spacer 2 : 15 / 20 m System Spacer Viscosifier Antifoam Surfactant Barite - Lead slurry mixed with Drill Water : G cement (Dyckerhoff or Lafarge) 35 %BWOC Silica Bentonite Extender Retarder - Tail slurry mixed with Drill water : G cement ( Dyckerhoff or Lafarge ) Dowell 35 % BWOC Silica Yes Fluid Loss Control D143 Antisettling D153 Retarder D110 Dowell Yes Yes D159 D110

77.24 l/m 263 m3 5 to 10 m3 143 m3 Optional 25 m3 0 m3 15 m3 circa 288 m3

5 to 10 m3 (Has to be adjusted)

Dowell Mud Push XL D149 D144 U66

Halliburton. Spacer 500 Spacer 500 NF5 PEN5 & SEM7

Halliburton Yes Yes Silicalite 97 HR4

Halliburton yes Halad 100 No HR4

Remark: - For an accurate displacement, the internal diameter of the casing must be measured on 10% random joints. Cement slurry properties:
12

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

t - Lead slurry

Density Yield Thickening time Compressive strength at BHCT - Tail slurry Density Yield Thickening timeCompressive strength at BHCT

1.65 SG 1445 l/t 10 - 12 h >80 bar 24 h

1.90 SG 996 l/t 6-8 h >170 bar 24 h

13

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

3.6

Experience :

Examining the practical aspect of cementing a 13 3/8 casing.


It is a detail procedure used to cement the casing with an ESTER mud .
This section gives preparation details and some recommendations for the 13 3/8" cement job . In order to achieve a good cement job and minimise the risk of contamination it s recommended to perform the displacement of slurry with Petrofree and pumping a large sacrificial spacer ahead . Current Well status : TD for the Section : Shoe Depth : Top Balder Top Lista Top Andrew Top Maureen 3478m +/- 3463m - Float collar : 3406m ( 5 joints ) 3182 m 3250 m 3294 m 3397 m

A : Centralisation for this casing should be as per following : Diameter for centraliser : 16 1/8OD for 17 1/2 hole

- 2 Solid SpiroGlider (16 1/8 OD ) per joint over the first four joints. - 1 Solid Spiroglider ( 16 1/8 OD ) per joint from the float collar to the top of the tail slurry +/- 3000 m - 1 Solid Spiroglider ( 16 1/8 OD ) every 3 joints from top of tail to 2000 m . ** - Marine Section from sea bed to well head : 1 Cast Centraliser 18 per joint ( internal clamp type ) installed Mid-joint , to be done on the deck to minimise pause when approaching bottom .( see procedure Tie back on Elgin ref. UWG specif. E520 ) Note : - Special care for the installation and pass through the table .( Franks spider might be removed for each centraliser ) Stand off : 72 % for this casing .

14

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

B : Pre-job preparation : 1)Ensure all pits (to be used for the preparation of spacer and cement slurry mix waters)[suggest one Reserve pit is used for the preparation of these water based fluids], mixing lines, circulation lines, transfer lines (including and especially the transfer lines from the pits to the Halliburton unit and cementing line to the rig floor are thoroughly cleaned out and flushed through with drill water .Check volume line between Rig floor and Halliburton unit . 2)The 13 3/8 casing has been drifted and dimensionally controlled in order to better assess the ID of the joints which will be used for the displacement calculation. 13 3/8 Average ID : 12.44 Volume = 78.40 l/m Mud film removal = 1.665 m 3 )The Halliburton or Dowell Batch Tank will be used for the Tail mixing water .( Capacity = 23 m or 150 bbls ) Preparation of Spacer 4 ) The spacer ahead to be used is to consist of 14 m with Surfactant followed by 50 m without surfactant of Spacer 500 weighted to 1.67 SG with Barite. The cement spacer should be prepared in the dedicated pit during running of the casing as per Halliburton mixing instructions attached.. Check the rheology at room temperature at this stage and compare to that achieved in the Halliburton lab. Weight up with barite to 1.67 SG (monitor throughout with a calibrated pressurised mud balance), take a sample, check rheology, note result and compare it to the result achieved in Halliburtonl Lab and retain. The Surfactant should be added just prior to pumping downhole to prevent foaming i.e. directly into the Slug Pit. In the same time : Prepare lead cement slurry mix water ( as per Cement recipe attached ) in a clean pit .The retarder will be added once the circulation will be completed. Prepare in the Batch tank the mixing water for Tail slurry.(same recommendation for retarder ). Once the freshwater has been added to the pit the chloride content of the freshwater should be checked , the result noted and a sample of this water retained. C :Running procedure and Fluid pumping Sequencee Recommendations : 1 - In case of major problems ( abnormal drag ) , prior to entering the Palaeocene formation Top Balder another circulation could be done and the parameters established.( if necessary )

15

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2- According to the calculations, the down weight should be in the range of 340 T ( Martin Decker ) . 3 - Circulation prior to the job ( Annular volume +/- 225 m ) should be, at a minimum, 1.5 times complete Annular Volume or entire casing contents. The flow rate will be gradually increased while monitoring for losses and cavings . Wait long enough during each step to assess the potential losses. - Circulation through wellhead outlets to be done to remove potential cavings ( see F2 ) - Record pressure at bottom at different flow rates ( 1000 / 1200 / 1500 l/min ) - Losses reported on G7 ( 20 m during displacement ) - Cavings were reported on previous wells ( F1& F2 ) D : Pumping sequence : 1 ) Pump Ester thin mud +/- 40 m at 1.65 SG with YP = +/-12 ( if possible ) 2 ) Pump Spacer 1 , +/- 14 m at 1.67 SG with SEM 7 ( slug pit ) 3 ) Pump Spacer , +/- 50 m at 1.67 SG without SEM 7. 4 ) Lead and Tail Slurry formulations as per Cementing receipe. The Volumes required are as follows:
Lead Cement slurry : Volume to fill annulus from 3100 m above the tail to 2000 m MD. No

Excess on Open Hole Estimated volume : 75 m at 1.70 SG ; 75 Tons ( blended )


Tail Cement Slurry : Volume to fill annular volume to 3100 m. above the 13 3/8" shoe plus the shoe track. Estimated volume : 32 m at 1.92 SG with 30% excess , 43 Tons ( blended )

Monitor density throughout mixing of both the lead and tail slurries with a pressurised mud balance. Take a sample of both lead and tail slurry during mixing and check rheology in Fann Meter. 5 ) Displacement with mud ( Petrofree ; SG = 1.65) Rig pumps at 1500 Litres/min. Monitor rates and pressures during the displacement and if losses occur, record the volumes, adjusting the rates as required. ! 170 m @ 1500 l/min ! 102 m @ 1000 l/min Total displacement : 272.139 m ( to be adjusted according to the casing string diameter )

16

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

ECD estimation before bump the plug : TD ( 1500 l/min ) Surface Pressure before Bump : Static pressure before Bump :

1.76 EMW at +/- 80 bars ( @ 800 l/min ) +/- 30 bars ( low flow rate )

6 ) Bump plug and then pressure test casing to 160 bars . ( Plug ; Float collar & Cementing Head Pressure rating : to be checked ) Pressure Test casing will be done prior drilling out cement to 280 bars with mud at 1.30 SG ( to get 2.10 EMW at the shoe ) Timing : Mixing + Injection Lead Displacement N 1 Displacement N 2 Safety factor Total 90 min 105 min 107 min 60 min 422 min # 7 hours 12min

- All samples of fluids should be 1 litre in size. - Chloride content of Fresh water should be less than 500 mg/litre. Thickening Time : TAIL Slurry : BHCT = 80 C " 7 hours 20 mn @ 100 Bc Compressive Strength : 2706 PSI 24 hours at 80 C .

Thickening time : LEAD Slurry : BHCT = 80 C "9 hours 12 min @ 100 Bc Compressive Strength: E ) Wire Line Logging : CBL to be done prior to drilling the next section .( +/- 24 hours after bump ) The aim of this need is to check the top of cement in the annulus for safety factor requirement during the production phase .The log will be recorded from +/- 2500 m to the Top of cement . F ) ESTER displacement before resuming 12 drilling : A spacer of Viscosified CaCl2 Brine could be pumped ahead of XP07 before drilling out the cement . 30 m of Spacer seems enough to minimise the contamination of the ester . ( TBA in due time ) . Logistic with supply boat is the main problems to avoid any risk of contamination . 329 PSI after 24 hours at 80 C.

17

CEMENTING RECOMMENDATIONS

14 x 13 3/8 Casing set 50 m inside the TOR formation.


PARAMETERS INDICATORS Cover the overpressured Hordaland shales. Cover the potentially weak Palaeocene sands. RECOMMENDATIONS Top of cement at 2000 m. TVD, typical excess 30%. ! ! FIT at 13 3/8 above 2.00sg EMW RESULTS / Remedial Action Top of cement from 900 to 2300 m No wet shoe, no restoration needed.

TECHNICAL COLUMN DESIGN

BHCT Prediction : THICKENING TIME BHST = 130 / 148 C at bottom A P I prediction : 96C Enertech: 80C Cemcade: 75 C BHST = 80 / 95C At the Top of Cement

Check the thickening time (T. T.) of Lead and Tail slurries at the maximum expected temperature according to the simulation.

Thickening times: G4 - Lead 15 h 14 Tail 5 h 49 at 95C G5 - Lead 13 h 05 Tail 5 h 49 at 93C G6 - Lead 13 h 39 Tail 9 h 32 at 90C G7 - Lead 12 h 45 Tail 9 h 37 at 85C F1 - Lead 7 h 50 Tail 5 h 50 at 80C F2 Lead 7 h 50 Tail 7 h 10 at 80C F3 Lead 9 h 05 Tail 7 h 15 at 80C F4 Lead 9 h 13 Tail 8 h 25 at 83C F5 Lead 9 h 38 Tail 7 h 43 at 80C F6 Tail 9 h 21 Tail 7 h 35 at 80C ! ! 3000 PSI after 16 hours 700 PSI after 22 hours

Slurry Design : TT for Tail = 7 to 8 hours at 80C. TT for Lead = 9 to 10 hours at 80C.

MWD record at TD in dynamic conditions is around 100C

Change in Thickening time values cement setting did not have a pronounced effect on the set of cement at BHST

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

Check the compressive strength after 24 hours of WOC

For the tail the strength was checked at 110 C according to the Enertech simulation after 24 hours of wait on cement. For the lead slurry the strength was checked at the BHST estimated at the top of cement (80 C).

Samples set after 24 hours at room temperature ! Lead mixing water mixed in a mud pit.

SLURRY DESIGN G+35% silica " Lead slurry : 1.65sg

Slurry extender + fresh water

Gel with bentonite system is recommended and easier to design. Dowell:1.5 % BWOC of bentonite Halliburton: 2.5% BWOC of bentonite

" Tail slurry : 1.92sg

Retarder: Dowell: 2.2 lit/t D110 Halliburton: 0.3% to 0.5% HR4

Adjust the TT to have the safety margin (+ 40%) for the cement Job . The quantity of retarder is very low then a special attention is necessary to prepare the mixing water .

Tail mixing water prepared in the batch tank.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

RESULTS / Remedial Action

Sacrificial SPACER Primary SPACER

In case of use ESTER Compatibility with SBM and cement slurry.

To recover mud behind casing for cost reduction 5 m of base oil + 5 m of chemical wash were pumped ahead to thin the mud. A volume of 20 m of spacer at 1.60sg with surfactant was pumped ahead the lead slurry at 1.65sg. Adjustment of the rheology on the rig ! Spacer rheology has been increased before the injection by readjustment of viscosifier. ! No channelling reported.

CAUTION : Foaming after adding the surfactant. It is essential that mixing procedures be adhered to the recommendations done by contractors. Well Conditioning Pack off annulus with cuttings (see G5, F2) between the adjustable mud hanger and the landing ring.

Circulation long way with correct mud parameters. A clean annulus is requested before the job.

CBL - Top Cement

CBL analysis

A CBL /VDL has been recorded to check TOC, generally the bonding is between 10 to 30 volts in front of the lead slurry. The top cement is clearly identified.

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

G4 - TOC = 1720 m G5 - TOC = 1720 m G6 - TOC = 1470 m G7 - TOC = 927 m G8 - TOC = 2300 m F1 - TOC = 1815 m F2 - TOC = 1700 m F3 TOC = 2275 m F4 TOC = 2107m F5 TOC = 2120 m F6 TOC = 1800 m

Internal micrometer recordings for 14 and 13 3/8 casing, typical ID = 12.426 compared to 12.347 nominal ID.

This check is crucial to achieve a good displacement of the slurry. Average on 6 Franklin wells: the difference in volume between the nominal ID and the measured ID accounted for +3.5 m on the displacement calculation, this volume is equivalent to 45 m of casing. The extra volume due to the Hydrostatic column of the fluid can be calculated but must not be included in the displacement. This volume on the 6 wells on Franklin was + 3.7 m average, or 47 m of casing. Displacement done with dedicated pump, rig pump efficiency (typically 97%). Do not over displace 50% of the shoe track.

Bump the plug : OK

DISPLACEMENT Calculation

Mud compressibility.

Rig pump

Some losses were reported during displacement.

Max volume

29/5b FRANKLIN - 17 " OPEN HOLE / 13 3/8" CASING CEMENTATION


16" open hole

Well Date
Top of cement (real) Casing shoe Height BHST BHCT Type of slurry Theoritical slurry volume Excess Total slurry volume Weight of cement (G+S) Slurry weight Cement Lafarge G Silica flour Water Additives m m m C C m % m ton sg % % type

29/5b-F1 30/03/1998
2000 (1815) 3640 1145 495 130 80 lead tail 74 28 50 50 111 40 148 1.65 1.92

29/5b-F2 21/07/1998
1400 (1700) 3466 1600 466 130 80 lead tail 62 26 0 30 62.5 32.4 95 1.65 1.92

29/5b-F3 24/10/1998
2000 (2275) 3464 1100 364 130 80 lead tail 75 35 0 20 71 38 120 1.70 1.92

29/5b-F4 15/02/1999
2000 (2107) 3968 1500 468 136 83 lead tail 97 38 35 30 130 48 194 1.65 1.92

29/5b-F5 25/05/1999
2000 (2120) 3532 1032 500 135 80 lead tail 71 45 35 0 95 43 158 1.65 1.92

29/5b-F6 10/12/1999
2000 (1800) 3563 1063 500 135 80 lead tail 71 37 43 11 102 40 150 1.65 1.92

l/ton or 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 % 50 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh 2.5% Bento 2.5% Bento 2% Bento 2.5% Bento 2.5% Bento 2.5% Bento 1 lit NF-5 1 lit NF-5 0.45% HR4 0.28% HR4 0.45% HR4 0.28% HR4 0.53% HR4 0.35% HR4 0.5% HR4 0.28% HR4 0.55% HR4 0.36% HR4 0.52% HR4 0.36% HR4

Thickening time (70BC) hr:min 07:50 05:51 Compressive strenght 12 hr PSI 380 740 Compressive strenght 24 hr PSI 930 2300 Flow pattern laminar laminar Spacer type Base oil / Spacer 500E+ sg 1.60 Plug type Displacement type 2 plugs

07:50

07:10

09:05

07:15

870 2400 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.60 2 plugs

330 2700 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.67 2 plugs

08:25 1400 600 4700 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.62 2 plugs

09:13

09:38 07:43 870 (32 h) 1100 (40h) 1100 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.62 Bottom and top plug 1.60 sg mud

09:21

07:35

940 (40 h) 2900 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.62 Bottom and top plug 1.61 sg mud

m m m in. l/m m m m %

3.97 3572.68 3467.68 12.44 78.41 280.5

3.07 3398.73 3398.73 12.42 78.16 265.9

2.03 3398.17 3268.17 12.44 78.41 266.6

1.92 3890.58 3440.58 12.43 78.29 304.7

2.5 3464.68 3327.68 12.419 78.15 271.0

2.48 3501.25 3457.25 12.404 77.96 273.2 12.426 78.23 278.0

0.0% Yes 12.347 77.25 276.28 -1.5% XP-07

0.7% Yes 12.347 77.25 262.77 -1.2% Ester 1.56

0.6% Yes 12.347 77.25 262.65 -1.5% Ester 1.65

0.4% Yes 12.347 77.25 300.68 -1.3% XP-07 1.63

0.6% Yes 12.347 77.25 267.82 -1.2% XP-07 1.60

-0.1% Yes 12.347 77.25 270.65 -0.9% XP-07 1.61

0.4%

in. l/m m m %

12.347 77.25

-1.3%

g/l m

1.56

m m

3640

3466

3464

3968

3532

3563.3 2.7

Nominal casing ID size

Casing ID measurements

Casing ID measurements mud Compressibility

Top plug - 3.5 m + 1.0 m Landing collar

+ 4.7 m

TEMPERATG4 Chart 4

17 1/2" Temperature Prediction - ELGIN /FRANKLIN


160

140

120

100

Temperature in C

Enert. BHST Geol.BHST 80 MWD Temp in C Temp outC 60 Mud Cooler Mud Cooler

40

20

0 1110 1448 2027 2730 2930 3091 3139 3160 3182 3209 3211 3292 3320 3360 3402 3440 3475 3550 3600 3610

Depth TVD

Page 1

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.

12 SECTION
Interval: Max expected BHP: Expected temperature: +/-3900 m MD to +/-5300 m (MD) 1.80SG EMW. 176C BHST at 5100 m TVD BRT.

4.1

Purpose Set the 9 7/8 casing at the top of the Rodby ( circa 5050 m TVD BRT ) above the high pressure transition zone. Drilling procedure Run in hole with 12 bit, drill out cement, the rat hole and 5 m new formation. Perform a leak off test (minimum expected 1.85 SG EMW, limited to 2.15 SG EMW). Drill ahead to drop off point. POOH and pick up the drop off assembly to obtain 0.5 degree/ 30 m. Drill ahead. Run and cement 10 x 9 7/8 casing. Expected problems Loss/Gain situation: The transition zone below the Upper Cretaceous is thin and over-pressured. The 12 section must be stopped at the top of the Rodby but loss/gain situations could occur towards if the transition zone is too deeply penetrated. Drilling fluids Experience Hydraulic Synthetic base mud at 1.55 SG from the 17 section will be used to start drilling. The density will be adjusted to 1.35 SG to start and gradually increased to 1.65 SG around 4500 m TVD BRT (circa 400 m TVD above the transition zone). Typical composition of mud (1.65 SG, 75/25 OWR)

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.4.1

XP-07 EZ MUL 2F Lime DURATONE HT Water GELTONE Calcium Chloride Barite RM 63

(Base Fluid) (Primary Emulsifier) (Ca(OH)2) (Fluid Loss Control)

482 l/m 48 l/m 11.5 kg/m 43 kg/m 159 l/m (Viscosifier/Gelling Agent) 3 kg/m (CaCl2) 99 kg/m (Weighting agent) 742 kg/m (Rheology Modifier) 3 l/m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.4.2

Typical mud characteristics Weight PV YP YS Gels 0/10 Filtrate API Filtrate HP/HT E.S. Cl-(Water Phase Salinity) H/E Excess of Lime : 1.55-1.65 SG : ALAP, typically 30-45 cPo : 18-20 lbs/100ft : 8 - 10 lbs/100ft : 10/12 - 28/32 : 0 cc : 3.5 - 4 cc : > 400 V : 200 g/l : 70 /30 - 75/25 : 0.5 0.7 g/l

4.4.3

Safety stocks Bulk material Barite Cement G + Silica Flour Material in sacks or drums BARACARB 50/150 :3t/3t LIQUID CASING :3t 3 Chemicals to mix 300 m of synthetic base mud Kill mud / Synthetic Base Oil Kill mud 1.95 SG Base Oil : 50 m : 150 m : 150 t : 100 t

4.4.4

Recommendations Hole stability and mud weight. The mud weight must be gradually increase to 1.65 SG to reach the Rodby marker. The transition zone is in the Rodby, Sola, Valhall, Kimmeridge clays where the pore pressure increase sharply from 1.40SG EMW to 2.09 SG EMW. There is uncertainties on the top of formations, therefor the mud must be prepared for a major increase in density without major impact on other mud properties. Pilot testing must be done daily on a weight up to 2.00SG. Hole cleaning. Optimise the cleaning of the hole through conventional rheology adjusting the yield stress to 8-10 lbs/100sqft and with the maximum feasible pump rates (3,600 2

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4,000 l/min) . If necessary pump high viscosity cleaning pills. The following points were raised for the 17 section and are still relevant in this section: Use the highest possible pump output/annular velocities, do not circulate at less than drilling rates circulation. Keep the Yield Point at 50C between 18 and 22 lbs/100ft with the Plastic Viscosity as low as possible, typically below 45 cPo. Optimise the low shear rheology using RM 63 and GELTONE II to assist in hole cleaning by maintaining the Yield Stress between 10 and 12. Maintain high initial gel strength 10 to 12 lbs/100sqft giving rapid suspension of cuttings when the pumps are off during surveys, or trips. This should be combined with flat gel strength development. Use mechanical means (e.g. wiper trips, pipe rotation, reciprocation, back reaming with the top drive if available, etc.) and weighted pills pumped prior to trips to assist with hole cleaning. If a more viscous mud is required, suggest initial treatment to raise Yield Point to 25 and initial gel to 15. If further viscosity increases are deemed necessary to improve the mud carrying capacity, increase the Yield Point and 6 RPM reading in increments of 5 lb/100ft. 30 should be considered the upper limit to ensure optimisation of the hydraulics. Even with mud properties and flow rates optimised a hole cleaning problem may still occur. At the first indication of possible problems, pump a high viscosity/weighted pill (pump these pills prior the trips). This should be sized to cover 100 m of annular hole. It is recommended that a 2.0 SG weighted pill be pumped around while rotating the string > 150 rpm if possible. In the case of all pills, do not stop or reduce the circulation rate before the pill(s) have been evacuated from hole. To do so will result in material dropping out of the pill and possibly avalanching downhole. All attempts should be made to isolate weighted pills on surface for re-use. Return of all pills should be monitored at the shakers, to gauge their effectiveness. The trend in the correlation of cuttings generated and seen at the surface to ROP can provide another indication of the effectiveness of hole cleaning. The mud engineers should be monitoring cuttings volumes and correlating with these drilling rates at all times. The shaker hands should also be shown what to watch for so that they can provide a speedy warning e.g. a soft sticky must means the cuttings are being reground in the well and are not being removed. Seepage losses : Maintain the concentration of the bridging material at 20-25 kg/m3 to effectively seal the formation, through the addition of BARACARB 50 and BARACARB
3

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

150. Monitor the effectiveness of treatment with a Permeability Plugging Apparatus fitted with 40 micron aloxite disc. Water phase salinity : It is recommended that the WPS is run at 200 g/l Cl-. adjustments will be made as dictated by cuttings integrity and indications of water gains from the formation by the way of osmosis. HPHT fluid loss. To be measured at 160C. HPHT fluid loss must be maintain from 3.5 to 4 ml all oil, and with no API fluid loss. The filter cake must effectively seal the formation preventing differential sticking and seepage losses. Alkalinity. The lime content must be maintained in the range of 0.5 0.7 kg/m. Depletion and/or acid gasses may necessitate regular additions of lime to maintain this level. Sagging. Barite subsidence can take place in deviated wells. Monitoring of the start of circulation must be done thoroughly. The derrickman measures the specific gravity and the temperature of the mud with a pressurised mud balance every 15 minutes, until the bottom-up reaches the surface. The mud logger records the lagged depth versus the time until the bottom-up reaches the surface. Note: do not rely on mud weight measurements from the mud logging company as most of the devices used are not accurate, when cold and viscous mud are processed. The mud weight must be recorded manually by the derrickman. The mud engineer plots a graph of SG corrected at 50C versus lagged depth and he records separately: i. mud weight of mud before circulating. ii. rheology, gels of mud at end of last circulation. iii. maximum mud weight recorded while circulating. iv. minimum mud weight recorded while circulating. v. time spent while circulating. Barite sagging handling procedure: Prevent the subsidence of barite adding 4 to 8 kg/m3 SUSPENTONE, anti-sagging agent. Avoid excessive treatment by thinners OMC 2, defloculants and excessive dilution. Decrease the particle size distribution of the weighting material in running fine screens on the shale shakers along with running the centrifuge at a low bowl speed. Note that a large addition of barite will increase the sag. This is attributed to the presence of a coarse fraction in barite ore, which becomes progressively screened out.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Drilling practices: if the subsidence of barite cannot be eliminate, then the mud must be circulate on stage, while running in to the bottom to decrease the length of heavy mud in the annulus. Temperature at flow line ( 85). Towards the end of the section, temperature will be high causing steam evaporation carrying oil vapours. Sufficient water will have to be added

daily to maintain the oil water ratio in the range. In case of drastic increase in the temperature, use the mud coolers. Hydraulics. Plastic viscosity must be maintained as low as reasonably possible. PV at 30cPo would be ideal (with maximum at 45 cPo) to promote low ECD Equivalent Circulating Densities. The ECD and ESD will be calculated using the ELF software along with FANN 70 data. Therefor a sample of mud must be sent to town at least twice a week for analysis. This sample will to be stirred 2 hours in a high shear mixer, before starting any measurement. Solid control equipment. It is essential that the maximum use be made of all available solids control equipment. Run the shale shakers utilising the finest mesh screen possible. Ensure that Tertiary equipment are being effectively used by analysing the LGS/HGS ratio in both the input and output. The Creteaceous is quite inert and the selection of shakers screens will be based on fluid properties and OOC figures. 140 to 165 meshes could be used in the upper part with attempt to size down the shakers to 165 to 200 meshes. Shale shakers have to be attended to at all times, and screens changed as circumstances dictate to keep the optimum screen size on the shakers. It is also suggested that both oblong, square and pyramidal screens be available on the rig site and various combinations are tried for optimum performance. The base fluid wash gun should be available to clean the screens. Synthetic Oil on Cuttings: For the DTI Department of the Trade and Industry, the Mud engineers performs the SOC on a composite sample every 300 metres or daily, whichever is the sooner. The mud engineer also collect all statutory samples while using synthetic oil base mud.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.4.5

Experience :

Recommendations : 1. Type of mud. Type Used XP-O7 - synthetic based mud 2. Density Recommended XP-O7 - synthetic based mud

A density of 1.30/1.35 SG provided good hole support and improved penetration by approximately 10%. The mud was weighted up at 4,800 metres.

Density Used 1.30 to 1.60 SG 3.

Density Recommended 1.30 to 1.60 SG

LCM Contingency. The requirement to have higher stocks of BARACARB for contingency stock was met from the start of this well. It is recommended to continue to keep this minimum contingency stock for each future 12 section. Barofibre / C 2 / 2 tonne 3 tonne F Steelseal 3 tonne 3 tonne M BARACARB 50 / 150 / 600 4 /2 /2T

Starting Stock Minimum Contingency Stock 4.

RHEOLOGY. A yield point of 15 - 20 gave adequate hole cleaning properties. The average was 18 lb/100 sq. ft. A 6 rpm reading of 10 - 12 was adequate for a hole angle of 38.8 degrees inclination as measured by the lack of hole problems while drilling or during trips. No tight hole attributable to cuttings beds or poor hole cleaning was seen. . PV 20 -32 Recommended YP 15 - 20 A.L.A.P 6 rpm 10 -12 15 - 20

8 - 12

5.

EMULSIFIERS and HPHT. The HPHT test temperature was raised from 130 C to 160 C at 4,900 meters. Used Recommended Used Recommended Primary Emulsifier EZ MUL 2F EZ MUL 2F HPHT, ml. 1.6 - 3.0 < 3.0 - 4.0 Electrical Stability 400 - 600 > 400 Temperature deg C. 130 / 160 130 / 160

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

6.

ALKALINITY. Continue to use lime to maintain an adequate alkalinity. Used Recommended, engineers Recommended, program Excess lime kg/m3. 3.0 - 6.0 5.0 - 10.0 < 5.0

7.

EVAPORATION. Levels of evaporation,averaged about 5 m3 per day. The rate of evaporation was in the 0.751.30% range. OIL WATER RATIO and WATER PHASE SALINITY. Water additions were required to maintain the O/W in the upper half of the interval. Evaporation was used to increase the O/W in the lower half of the interval towards 80/20. Evaporation necessitated water additions to maintain the O/W ratio. Oil / Water ratio Used Recommended 70 / 30 - 79 / 21 70 / 30 - 75 / 25 - 80 / 20 Water Phase Salinity. mg/l Chlorides 160,000 - 225,000 160,000 - 200,000

8.

9.

LOW GRAVITY SOLIDS. No centrifuge was available. Used Recommended Low Gravity solids kg/m3. 20 - 116 < 175

10.

SOLIDS CONTROL. Used at start. Used at end. Recommended at start. Changing to : Scalper 20 20 20 NA Scalper 20 20 20 NA No. 1 185 185 150 185 N0. 2 185 185 150 185 No. 3 185 185 150 185 No. 4 185 185 150 185 No. 5 185 250 150 250

11.

Base Fluid on Cuttings.

The slow ROP in the bottom section of the interval produced small cuttings resulting in a high arithmetical average for the Base Fluid On Cuttings. Interval average 14 / 15 gm/kg

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

12.

Cement Drill out Drillout of cement. Use the XP-O7 mud to drill out the cement.

13.

KILL MUD USED. Type & Weight Used XP-07, 50+m3 1.95 SG Recommended XP-07, 50 m3 1.95 SG

14.

PIT MANAGEMENT.

No problems were encountered with the pits due to the adequate volumes available. The pill tank should be left free of slugs so that pills or dilution can be made up. The pit used for kill mud can then also become the source of heavy slugs.

FRANKLIN 29/5b-F3 Hydraulics analysis 12 " hole

01/11/1998 02/11/1998 03/11/1998 04/11/1998 05/11/1998 06/11/1998 07/11/1998 08/11/1998 09/11/1998 10/11/1998 11/11/1998 12/11/1998

3479 3608 3642 3648 3907 4155 4405 4650 4868 4957 5065 5160

3397 3459 3492 3498 3827 4073 4326 4570 4785 4875 4980 5077

1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3250 3250

80 190 110 175 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

270 270 258 258 270 274 280 280 295 295 260 260

6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

4 x20 4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13

8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

79 77 80 81 82 82 82 79 74 75 75

64 62 65 25 25 25 25 24 23 23 25

1.30 1.30 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.45 1.61 1.60 1.60 1.60

54 56.8 58.9 58.7 65.9 63 66 67 65.8 65.4 67

1.30 1.30 1.30 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.45 1.61 1.60 1.60 1.60

76 63.9 67.7 66.2 73.1 73 73 73.2 73 73.4 74.3

20 20 21 21 25 23 23 32 38 36 38 40

12 12 12 12 14 15 14 14 20 18 18 16

10 9 13 13 14 14 14 15 18 16 16 17

1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.21 1.40 1.49 1.50 1.50 1.50

Claystone FAIL

Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail

Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail Fail

Limestone

Hydr. sum. F5-12

FRANKLIN 29/5b-F5 Hydraulics analysis 12" hole

29/05/1999 30/05/1999 31/05/1999 01/06/1999 02/06/1999 03/06/1999 04/06/1999 05/06/1999 06/06/1999 07/06/1999 08/06/1999 09/06/1999 09/06/1999 10/06/1999 11/06/1999 12/06/1999 12/06/1999 13/06/1999 14/06/1999 15/06/1999 16/06/1999 17/06/1999 18/06/1999 19/06/1999 20/06/1999 21/06/1999 22/06/1999 23/06/1999 24/06/1999 25/06/1999 26/06/1999

3546 3555 3596 3626 3657 3698 3730 3857 4081 4081 4128 4215 4279 4394 4606 4800 4824 4925 4951 4990 4990 5186 5280 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0

3406 3414 3452 3481 3509 3550 3580 3702 3918 3918 3965 4050 4113 4223 4434 4627 4650 4750 4775 4815 4815 5009 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102

23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 19.1 18.6 16.4 13.2 12.2 11.57 10.6 9.1 7.4 7.2 6.9 7.0 6.8 6.3 6.2

3180 3240 3220 3240 3240 3260 3230 3250 3250 3225 3230 3230 3220 3240 3230 3200 3020 3030 3030 3020 3030

60 63 91 120 115 175 139 190 195 127 160 160 160 156 155 154 158 154 159 157 170

276 286 280 280 283 291 290 291 305 313 309 314 309 313 305 324 306 309 325 310 320

11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14

3 x20 3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 3 x 20 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13 9 x 13

12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15

73 74 74 74 74 75 74 75 75 74 74 74 74 74 74 73 69 69 69 69 69

50 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 50 48 48 48 48 48

1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.32 1.36 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.39 1.42 1.47 1.56 1.60 1.61 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

43 42 44 45 44 47 46 52 48 45 48 52 50 48 55 51 55 46 47 50 50 50

1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.34 1.37 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.42 1.46 1.56 1.61 1.61 1.60 1.60 1.60

55 51 55 56 58 56 56 62 60 56 59 59 58 60 65 66 61 61 61 60 63 60-68

133 134 135 135 136 137 138 142 148 148 149 152 154 157 163 169 169 172 173 174 174 180 182

21 28 22 22 26 24 28 29 31 28 30 36 30 33 32 39 34 34 37 33 36 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

11 16 14 16 18 17 15 15 16 17 15 17 15 15 16 17 17 17 16 19 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

Page 1

Hydr. sum. F5-12

FRANKLIN 29/5b-F5 Hydraulics analysis 12" hole

29/05/1999 30/05/1999 31/05/1999 01/06/1999 02/06/1999 03/06/1999 04/06/1999 05/06/1999 06/06/1999 07/06/1999 08/06/1999 09/06/1999 09/06/1999 10/06/1999 11/06/1999 12/06/1999 12/06/1999 13/06/1999 14/06/1999 15/06/1999 16/06/1999 17/06/1999 18/06/1999 19/06/1999 20/06/1999 21/06/1999 22/06/1999 23/06/1999 24/06/1999 25/06/1999 26/06/1999

3546 3555 3596 3626 3657 3698 3730 3857 4081 4081 4128 4215 4279 4394 4606 4800 4824 4925 4951 4990 4990 5186 5280 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0 5280.0

3406 3414 3452 3481 3509 3550 3580 3702 3918 3918 3965 4050 4113 4223 4434 4627 4650 4750 4775 4815 4815 5009 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102 5102

10 14 11 12 11 10 10 10 11 10 10 11 10 10 11 12 11 11 10 11 11 15 15 15 15 12 15 15 15 15

1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.19 1.32 1.38 1.39 1.42 1.43 1.44 1.45 1.37 1.38 1.39 1.31 1.31 1.32 1.34

Maureen Ekofisk

Tor

Hod

Herring

Page 1

DRILLING FLUIDS RECOMMENDATIONS

12 1/4 Drilling section (+/- 3500 to +/- 5040 m TVD)


PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

FIELDS RESULTS
!

Increasing Solids Contents

Use fine shaker screens to remove maximum of solids drilled from the mud.

ROP

Start section with 1.30 / 1.35 SG instead of 1.55 (mud weight at the end of 17 section) then adjust the mud weight according to the gas shows. BAROID DFG+ Software used to correct density to 50C. Increase SG to 1.60 / 1.62 before reaching the transition zone, then before Casing running, the Mud weight could be adjusted to 1.70 SG. The anticipated maximum mud weight is 1.70 SG although barite stocks should be carried to allow an increasing of SG to 2.15.

OK as long as Oil On Cuttings stays compatible with Environmental regulation. ROP increasing by 10%

Specific Gravity
!

Consistent stable density at 50C. Good stability of mud Back ground gas <5 %

Gas Shows

!
!

YV > = 20

Rheology

PV > = 35 / 45 Yield Stress >7 / 9

Due to a significant ROP in the TOP section a YP of 20 /25 is recommended. Keep PV ALAP by addition of EZMUL and adjustment of O/W ratio to 75/25 at the end of section Maintained with RM 63, Suspentone and Geltone II.

! ! !

No impact on the ECD No Hole cleaning problems have been reported. Well in good condition

HP/HT Fluid Loss < 3 /4 cc

Increasing

Keep DURATONE HT concentration at 14 / 16 kg/m with a treatment of 300 kg/day. Add Invermul 2F towards end of section.

! !

Kept HP/HT = 2.6 to 2.4 cc at 160 C HPHT at 180C at end of section.

! Lime Excess > 2/4 kg/m PB (Pom) Decreasing System treatment of 1 to 2 tons/day of Lime. ! !

Kept Lime excess between 1and 5 kg/m. No problems of stability E S = 850 V at the end of section

PARAMETERS
Treatment to start the section

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

FIELDS RESULTS
! !

Rheology and mud weight adjustment

Need a dilution of 20% to reduce Mud Weight from the previous phase. Mud treatment with Geltone II in order to keep a good rheology.

Need space pit Adjust OWR to 75/25

HYDRAULIC ECD - ESD

Stand Pipe pressure L.O.T / ESD Potentials Losses

Run software to follow trend ESD and ECD Run PWD. Good relation between Pressure readings and simulated. ECD = 1.41 SG at 4606 m for a mud weight of 1.38 @ 50C and a flow rate 3240 l/min. ECD = 1.58 SG at 4805 m for a mud weight of 1.55 @ 50C and flow rate 3030 l/min. Work with minimum mud weight compatible with gas background.

! !

Differential sticking

Good prediction of ESD & ECD from ECDELF. Good correlation between the predictions and the SPP on the rig. (Ex: Estimated = +/-260 bar, on Rig Site = 259 bar) No differential sticking

Gellation due to the Temperature Overpressure to break gels

Gel 30 min increasing

Mud treatment with primary Emulsifier / Lime / Geltone / Duratone HT in order to maintain good concentrations in the system.

!
!

Gels 0/ 10 /30 min: 14 / 26 / 30 Overpressure to break gels = 55 PSI after 48 hours before resuming circulation. BHST (Static Temperature) 180 /185 C at the end of section (correlation with Enertech + drilling data)

Temperature

PWD tool interpretation indicates 149C BHCT at TD

SAGGING

Density return REMINDER

A sign of SAG was detected after one extended flow check at 5130 m. After treatment with SUSPENTONE no further sag indications were reported. Mud should be treated with 3-5 kg/m Suspentone during this Interval

Well bore Stability

No Wiper trip at the end of section. No Wiper trip before running casing.

Same mud formulation and maintenance is recommended for the next well

! !

Good Stability Run Casing: 10 x 9 7/8 without problems.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

FIELDS RESULTS
! !

Loss of water , OWR increasing

Run Mud Cooler when mud temperature out reaches 70C. An addition of 200 / 1000 litres / hour of drill water is recommended during drilling or circulating. Addition of EZMUL-2F as primary emulsifier is required to replace the emulsifier lost with the evaporating water. Treatment with DURATONE HT. INVERMUL 2F additions towards end of section for HPHT at 180C.

Kept temperature at 50C in and 60C out. Maintained OWR at 75/25

Evaporation

Gellation

Fluid loss up

HP/HT between 2.6 and 2.4 cc.

Pollution Target for 12 : 8% ( Oil on cuttings )

Dead volume in mud pits: (See 17 comments). Solids/mud discharge from the centrifuge / High G Dryer: The use of fine screens on the shakers will prevent the use of the centrifuge. Coarser screens Screens of 200 mesh or finer

OOC=+/-10.9 %

No centrifuge required. Lower O.O.C. Poor solids distribution, loss of Duratone, increase in HPHT. No oil spills were reported .The slow rates of penetration produced small cuttings resulting in a high arithme-tical average for the OOC.

Environment

! !

The solids discharge would drop into a screw conveyor to a recovery system supplied by STS to a Skip or Big Bag station, and be sent ashore for disposal in the Future according to the ELF Strategy. Waste Disposal tank should be supplied by ELF.

Keep on board 300 m of mud to anticipate the risk of transition zone.

LOGISTIC SAFETY STOCK Stocks and Volumes

VOLUME

LCM stocks levels.

XP-07 base fluid: for 150 m3 of mud. ! Chemicals: for 150 m3 mud. ! 50 m Kill Mud: 1.95 SG. ! Barite in bulk: 150 tons (then 400 tons at the end of section). ! BARACARB-50: 3 tons. ! BARACARB-150: 3 tons. ! Barofibre / Steelseal: 3 tons.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS
XP 07 Base oil = 550 litre/m Drill water = 160 litres/m Barite = 700 kg/m CaCl2 brine = 19.69 litres/m Lime = 39.94 kg/m EZ MUL 2F =45.36 litres/m Duratone HT = 11.7 kg/m Geltone 2 = 4.5 kg/m RM 63 = 3.42 kg/m Suspentone = 3.71 kg/m Baracarb-150 = 8.5 kg/m Baracarb-50 = 14 kg/m Baracarb-600 = 1.5 kg/m Barofibre = 2.2 kg/m Soltex = < 7 kg/m

FIELDS RESULTS

TYPICAL CHEMICAL
CONCENTRATION

END OF SECTION

SG = 1.66 OWR = 77 / 23

COST

Budget :

Good behaviour of XP07 mud system .Mud specifications in line with the program.

Average Cost : +/xxx / m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.6

10 x 9 7/8 casing and cementing


Option N1 : In the nominal case the 10 9 7/8 casing will be run as a single string and must be cemented up to 200 metres above the X-over 9 7/8 x 10 installed above the 13 3/8 casing shoe . Option N2 : If hole conditions dictate there is the option to run the 9 7/8 casing as a liner with a 10 tie-back casing .The casing string is a tapered of 10 (110.2#) by 9 7/8 (66.9#) casings ( Liner ). - A temporarily Uncemented 10 tie back will be run after the cement job of the 9 7/8 Liner after displacing a CaCl2 / CaBr2 brine in the 13 3/8 x 10 annulus before the reconnection of the Tie-Back . The brine will be treated with corrosion inhibitor and bactericide . - Or the Tie-back will be Cemented up to 500 metres above the receptacle by . For the single string HP HT Bottom and top plug cementing head will be used . ( supply by ODDCC , see drawings ) Running the Casing. Prior to run the casing, the gel strength and yield point must both be reduced, the yield point + 15 lb/100ft, and the 10 gel to < 23 to avoid excessive surge pressures when running in. Pilot tests will be completed by the mud engineer to determine the optimum treatment levels. This can best be accomplished by additions of OMC 2 or by addition of base fluid. Care should be taken so as not to over treat the system with OMC 2 that can cause barite sagging or settling. Swab and surge calculations should be run on the actual data of the time to optimise the rheological properties and casing running speeds, to ensure they are well within the limits of the LOT at the 13 3/8 shoe. Cementing job The 9 7/8 casing will be cemented with lead and tail slurries ( 400m of tail slurry ). Fluid design :
! spacer 1: Preflush 0.76 SG.

Chemical wash

3 to 5 m3 ( Has to be adjusted with Surfactant )

! spacer 2: Spacer at 1.70/1.75. YP/PV 25/40. 9

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Contractor Spacer Viscosifier Surcactant Barite Defoamer as required

Dowell Mudpush XTO 16 kgs/m U66 - 47.6 l/m for density

Halliburton Spacer 500E+ 20 kgs/m SEM7 - 80l/m3

! - Lead slurry, retarded and extended 1.75 SG VOLUME = Theoritical + 20%

G cement Silica Fluid loss Extender Bentonite Retarder Drill Water


!

Dowell Dyckerhoff 35 % Bwoc D143 1% D145 7l/T 1.2 % D161 84 l/T 681 l/T

Halliburton Lafarge 35% Bwoc Halad 100 - 0.5% Silicalite - 50 l/T 1.5 % HR12 0.12% 659 l/T

Tail slurry: gas tight 1.92 SG. - VOLUME = Theoritical + 20% Dowell Dyckerhoff 35 % Bwoc D143 1% D145 7l/T D161 60 l/T 473 l/T B78 3.1l/T Halliburton Lafarge 35% Bwoc Halad 100 - 0.75% Silicalite - 90 l/T HR12 1% 478 l/T CFR3 0.5%

G cement Silica Fluid loss Extender Retarder Drill Water Dispersant

Remarks: 1. all the formulations are indicative, they must be confirmed by laboratory tests performed with samples coming from the rig before the cement jobs. 2. For an accurate displacement, the internal diameter of the Casing must be measured on 10% random joints.

10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Cement slurry properties :


! Lead slurry

Density Yield Thickening time Fluid loss Free water Compressive strength at BHCT
! Tail slurry

1.75 SG. 1280 l/t > 12 h < 150 ml 0% > 100bar 48 h

Density Yield Thickening time Fluid loss Free water Compressive strength at BHCT

1.92 SG 997 l/t 9h < 40ml <0% >200bar 24 h

11

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.7

Experience :

This programme is an example issued prior each cementing operation .


Purpose : Set a 10 x 9 7/8 Casing just above the Base Cretaceous Unconformity ( the transition zone ). The goal of the cement job is to realise a good shoe integrity , obtain 100% Displacement Efficiency by using laminar flow with a synthetic base mud , pressurised and tested the production casing to 863 bars { 12525 PSI } after the bump with ODCC HP/HT plugs. The following are some recommendations for the 10 3/4x 9 7/8" cement job on G8 well : A - Current Well status : 12 open hole 5512 m MDBRT Shoe Depth : Float collar : Landing collar : Top of cement
Geology

5500 m MDRT ( 12 m of pocket ) 5464 m MDRT ( 3 joints ) 5320 m MDRT ( 15 joints above the shoe ) +/- 3340 m MDRT ( 200 m above XO 9 7/8 x 10 @3540 m )

Top Hod Top Herring Top Plenus marl Top Hidra Top Rodby

4553 m ( 4035 m TVDrt ) 5298 m ( 4756 m TVDrt ) 5437 m ( 4895 m TVDrt) 5440 m ( 4898 m TVDrt) 5520 m

B - Centralisation for this casing must be as per following :


Casing Configuration : 1 shoe joint . 2 joints ( Baker locked ) 1 float collar joint 12 joints ( Baker locked )*** 1 landing collar joint .( ODCC) * The aim is to obtain +/- 200 m of shoe track - 2 Solid SpiraGliders ( 9 7/8 x 12 OD ) per joint over the first Five joints. 1 Solid SpiraGliders ( 9 7/8 x 12 OD ) per joint from the float collar to the top of the landing collar - 1 Solid SpiraGliders ( 9 7/8 x 12 OD ) per two joint from the L C to the X-over 10 x 9 7/8

12

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

-1 Solid SpiraGliders ( 10 x 12 OD ) per two joint above the X-over 10 x 9 7/8to 3340 m The calculated stand off of the casing is above 85 %. From TD to 5000 m and 64 % above

C - Pre-job preparation :
1) Ensure all pits (to be used for the preparation of spacer) [suggest transfer and slug pit are used for the preparation of this water based fluid], cementing line to the rig floor are thoroughly cleaned out and flushed through with fresh water. 2) The casing was drifted and dimensionally controlled in order to better assess the ID of the joints which will be used for the displacement calculation . 10 110.2# Average ID: 8.715 Volume = 38.49 l/m 9 7/8 66.9# Average ID: 8.624 Volume = 37.67 l/m Reference : ( G5 = 37.7 l/m -G7 = 37.68 l/m - G6 = 37.57 l/m - F1 = 37.60 l/m - F2 = 37.8 l/m )

3) Check HP/HT plug and cementing head ( ODCC equipment )Note : Installation of the plugs inside the cementing laborious , a special concern to install the bottom plug with the bar in ( risk of damage of the O ring seal ) . Check the valves .

Note : Back up Option for Cementing Head if not available on time - Dowell 9 5/8 cement Head + X-over 10 Vam with ODCC Plugs installed see drawing -

4) Tally ( length , composite casing , colour code etc ) , see appendices Preparation of Spacer : Mud Push XTO or Spacer 500 E+
The spacer consists of 25 m of Spacer MudPush XTO ( see Dowell formulation ) weighted to 1.70 SG with a yield point of 17 / 20 @ room temperature. Once the freshwater has been added to the pit the chloride content of this water should be checked, the result noted and a sample of this water retained. Take a sample of spacer when complete, measure rheology at mix + temperature , note result and retain.( compare with the formulation ) Note : Rheology of spacer not in conformity with the laboratory results , adjustment of chemical on the rig site .YV =13

13

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

D - Running procedure and Fluid pumping Sequence


Break circulation at the 13 3/8 casing shoe to establish parameters. Circulate 10 / 20 mins at 1500 l/min record weight up & down . Note on G7 : Break circulation with 20 bars at 566 l/min after 37 hours . Note on G5 : Break circulation with 45 bars at 1150 l/min after 36 hours .

Note on G5 : Due to the elevated weight of the casing the running speed has been adjusted to avoid shocks in drilling line drum .( the water cooling hose was replaced on draw works ) Note on F1 : At 4902 m Draw work fail to lift casing due to the clutch slipping - Cool down clutch with air & water . - According to the calculations, at bottom, the string weight should be 660 metric tons. ( or 1,455,026 lbs) Note on G7 : Up Weight : N/A - Down weight : 574 tons Note on G6 : Up Weight : N/A - Down weight : 565 tons ( with 300 mof casing empty ) Note on G5 :Up weight : 627 tons - Down weight : 582 tons . Note on F1 :N/A - Down weight : 630 tons .( with 1500 m of casing empty, Differential pressure max on float equip ment = +/- 2500 PSI ) Note on F2 : ran casing with 1500 m of casing empty Note on F3 : ran casing with 1500 m of casing empty Up weight 570 T , Down weight 540 T Note on F4 : ran casing with 1500 m of casing empty String weight 475 T Note on F5 : ran casing with 1500 m of casing empty String weight prior to land 495 T

- Circulate last joint and land casing hanger ( +/- 2 m stick up ) - Install XO + Cementing head . The casing has not to be reciprocated close to the landing shoulder . If we need to pick up to cure a pack off at the casing hanger then pull out inside the riser and circulate ( see VETCO manual ). - Break circulation slowly and check surface pumping pressure at previously established rates Whilst running in the hole with 10 3/4x 9 7/8, select 1 high pressure mud pump and check seals , liners . Note on G5 : No circulation to reach the casing depth ( no Fill ) Note on G6 : No circulation to reach the casing depth ( no Fill ) Note on G7 : No circulation to reach the casing depth ( no Fill )-Flow =1700 l/min ,P = 138 bars Fluid pumping sequence :
14

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Circulation prior to the job should be , at a minimum, 1.5 times complete Annular Volume or entire casing contents (whichever is the largest). The flow rate will be gradually increased while monitoring for losses. The maximum flow rate will be 1700 l/min. G5 : Break circulation with 30 bars after 60 hours F1: Break circulation with 36 bars after 61 hours . G6: Break circulation with 35 bars after 63 hours . F2: Break circulation at bottom @ 1500 l/min - SPP = 124 bars . F3: Break circulation at bottom @ 1500 l/min - SPP = 119 bars . F4: Break circulation at bottom @ 1500 l/min - SPP = 138 bars . F5: Break circulation at bottom @ 1200 l/min - SPP = 110 bars .

E - Cementing Operation : Mix and Pump


1) - 50 m of low rheology ( PV=33 , YV = 5 - Gel 10 = 20/25 ) mud at 1.60 SG ahead of spacer . 2) - 25 m of Mud Push XTO at 1.70 SG ahead of cement slurry .U66 as surfactant 3) - Pump CHEMICAL wash ( 5 m) from Dowell displacement tank ( DW + 47.6 l/m of U 66 ) 4) - Drop after the Bottom plug . 5) - Slurry formulation as per attached Dowell Fax. The Volumes required are as follows: - Lead Cement Slurry : Volume to fill open hole annular volume + 20% excess , TOC = 3340 m . Estimated volume : Annulus volume Excess 30% + rathole 171/2 Total Lead :

45 m3 10 m3 55 m3 at 1.75 SG

- Tail Cement Slurry : Volume to fill open hole annular volume to 5000 + 20% excess on open hole + FC / shoe track . Estimated volume : Annulus volume : Excess Shoe/FC Total Tail:

14.8m3 2.9 m3 6.78 m3 25 m3 at 1.92 SG

The tail slurry mixing water will be mixed inside the Dowell batch tank . Monitor density throughout mixing of tail slurry with a pressurised mud balance. Take a sample of the slurry during mixing and check rheology.
15

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

6) Drop Top plug. 7) Displace (RIG Pumps) with SBM mud ( @ 1.60 SG ) at 1500 litres/min reducing the flow to +/- 500 l/min before the bump ( +/- 45 bars P differential pressure) and bump the plug. Note G5 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 3700 PSI instead 2200 PSI Note F1 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 3140 PSI Note G6 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 2100 PSI Note G7 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 2428 PSI Note F2 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 2714 PSI Note F3 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 2771 PSI Note F4 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 3714 PSI Note F5 : See Shearing Bottom plug to 2928 PSI

ECD estimation before bump the plug ECD estimation before bump the plug Surface pressure before Bump Surface pressure before Bump on F1 Surface pressure before Bump on G6 Surface pressure before Bump on G7 Surface pressure before Bump on F2 Surface pressure before Bump on F3 Surface pressure before Bump on F4 Surface pressure before Bump on F5

: :

EMW at TD ( at 1500 l/min ) EMW at TD ( at 250 l/min ) : : : : : : : : 1300 psi ( at 450l/min ) 1142 PSI at 470 l/min 580 PSI at 500 l/min 571 PSI at 500 l/min 628 PSI at 500 l/min 928 PSI at 500 l/min 1371 PSI at 500 l/min 714 PSI at 500 l/min

NO BUMP

NOTE : If no bump , limit over-displacement to 150 m of the +/- 200 m shoe track . Bottom plug Shearing = 2200 PSI Theoritical TBA DISPLACEMENT : 207 m including compressibility of 50% of the Hydrostatic mud column. ( Theoritical displac. :203.306 m+ 3.595 m = 206.901 m )

F - Casing Pressure Test :


1)Bump plug to 210 bars ( surface pressure ) and hold for 5 mins . Check floats holding . Pressure up to 450 bars to latch the HP/HT ODCC plug for 5 mins then remove XO and cementing head . 2) Make up HP Circulating head and pressure test casing to 12525 PSI ( 863 bars ) for 15 minutes (stabilised ) Pressure test will be done by step ( 300 / 500 /600 /800 /900 bars , i.e ) ( Note : mud compressibility => 3.08 litre / m / 1000 PSI with 1.63 SG) or 4.45 litre / m / 100 Bars

16

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

On F1 : volume pumped to reach High pressure = 7.552 m . On G6 : volume pumped to reach High pressure = 8.427 m . On G7 : INCIDENT : Stop test due to leaking packing on DOWELL UNIT - Repair Test Positive to 873 bars .Bleed off volume = 8.100 m . On F2 : volume pumped to reach High pressure = 7.960 m . On F3 : volume pumped to reach High pressure = 8.100 m . On F5 : volume pumped to reach High pressure = 8.020 m .

3) Remove HP head , disconnect + retrieve hanger r/tool and continue with Vetco wellhead procedure .( flushing tool etc..), Notes: - All samples of fluids should be 1 litre in size.

Temperature Estimation : BHST 180 C New API BHCT 154 C Cemcade BHCT 130 C Enertech BHCT 125 C

PWD : ( drilling .3100 l/mn at 5500 m) == > 157 C at 5500 m .


Thickening Time : Tail Slurry : BHCT = 130 C " 9 Hour 34 min Compressive Strength at 160 C" 3650 PSI after 24 hours

Thickening time ; Lead Slurry : BHCT = 130 C " 12 hours 52 min Compressive Strength at 130 C " 700 PSI after 24 hours .

17

General note on high pressure testing of production casing strings on plug bump (HPHT wells) Advantages
If the casing design is suitable the casing can be tested in its entirety to a higher pressure than when the cement is set (the back-up pressure in the cemented section is much lower than the hydrostatic pressure of a column of mud and green cement). The internal and external pressure profiles are known (cement still in a liquid state) Unlike pressure testing with the cement set, there is no risk of damaging the cement bond. It can be cost effective by eliminating the time required to make staged pressure testing with a packer. There is no risk of damaging the casing with a packer (packer slips damaging the inside of the casing). If the casing is tested after the cement is set the wing valve of that casing annulus is normally left open. If the casing should fail while pressure testing there is a massive shock on this annulus and a high pressure fluid surge through the bleed-off line from the wing valve - this has a potential to damage the well and to shock any un-secure lines from the wing valve.

Drawbacks
If the float equipment fails there is a potential to washout the cement in the shoe track and around the shoe. To avoid this the shoe track volume must be at least equal to the compressed volume of the fluid inside the casing while pressure testing (on our HPHT wells we commonly use 20 joints in the shoe track). If barite fallout is assumed in the production casing annulus then the pressure differential achieved on plug bump is not normally sufficient to achieve the same differential pressure as a gas to surface load. However, it can be argued that in a gas to surface case the ballooning of the production casing would increase the pressure in the production casing annulus to offset the loss in hydrostatic pressure due to barite fallout.

Equipment
To date we have used ODCC high pressure landing collars for our production casing strings: Production String Max surface pre Circ T (appro Number of Comment bump static T 10 3/4 - 9 7/8 prod cs 900 bar 155C / 185 7 All successfu 10 3/4 tie-back 950 bar 100C / 125 4 Note 1. 7 - 7 5/8 tie back 932 bar 155C / 185 2 Note 2 1. One failure attributed to not slowing down sufficiently for the plug bump. 2. One failure when the bottom plug landing was incorrectly interpreted as the top plug landing and failing. Note: Both of the failures above occurred on early HPHT wells when the displacement volume was not accurately known (no callipering of casing joints or allowance for fluid compressibility). The tie-back landing collars have a poppet system which allows fluid to pass up through the landing collar after the top plug has landed (other wise the tie-back seal assembly could not be stabbed into the tie-back receptacle due to compression of the trapped fluid). On most of our wells we normally bring the pressure up to 50% of the final bump pressure and wait 15 minutes before bleeding off to install the high pressure swedge. The casing is then pressure tested to the full bump pressure required e.g. 900bars.

CEMENTING RECOMMENDATIONS

10 3/4 x 9 7/8 PRODUCTION Casing set into Hidra Formation


PARAMETERS INDICATORS RECOMMENDATIONS RESULTS / Remedial Action All FIT compatible to drill reservoir, 2.30sg. Good CBL in front of lead slurry but bad results in front of tail slurry. Still working on spacer properties. TOC: 500 to 1000 m above planned.

PRODUCTION COLUMN DESIGN

Good casing integrity

Obtain a good bond between casing and formation to prevent any influx through the casing annulus in optimising of the slurries placement, through the design of the fluid properties and the flow rate. Top of cement inside the 13 3/8 x 10 annulus

Pressure test column to 900 bars.

FLUIDS WEIGHT

Determination

To help displacement, the specific gravity of spacer, lead slurry must be staged with at least 5 points difference. Mud < Spacer < Lead Slurry < Neat Slurry. We finished drilling the section with mud at 1.65sg, the spacer was 1.70sg, lead slurry at 1.75sg and tail slurry at 1.92sgG. These weights have to be compatible with: - Pore pressure. - Fracturing pressure (losses).

Few formation losses during cement jobs Found top cement above planned depth.

T.T. depends on the Bottom Hole Circulation Temperature and the pressure. BHCT estimated with several methods: API table Enectech software Cemcade sofware MWD, PWD

SLURRIES THICKENING TIME

Founded several values of BHCT for a same BHST (ex: API 140C, Enertech 120C, Cemcade 125C, MWD records 137C, PWD 142C for BHST 185C). Check the T.T. of lead and tail slurries at the maximum expected temperature according to the simulation Control it at the others temperatures (including the circulation temperature estimated at the top of lead slurry). Adjust T.T. to have a minimum safety margin of 2 hours on the cement job timing. Change in thickening time values of slurry did not have a pronounced effect on the set of cement at BHST.

Lead slurries: G4: 7h52 at 140C G5, G6, G7: 10h15 to 14h27 at 130C. Franklin: 9 h 15 to 12 h 15 at 125C. Tail slurries: G4: 11h31 at 140C G5, G6, G7: 08h10 to 9h18 at 130C. Franklin: 8h36 to 9h37 at 125C.

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH Check C.S. after 24 hours of WOC Check C S at top of liner For the tail the C.S was checked at the simulated temperature (Enertech) after 24 hours of WOC. For the lead slurry the C.S was checked at the BHST estimated at the TOL (125 C).

Tail: 2600 PSI after 24 hours at 125C Lead: 1000 PSI after 40 hours

Samples set after 36 hours at room temperature

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS A slurry with bentonite (1% BWOC) is recommended and easier to design than a slurry with polymer as extender. To avoid dehydration of slurry in front of permeable formations and prevent any gas influx, reduce fluid loss of tail slurry below 150cc with filtrate reducer as D143, D134 or Halad 100. Adjust the TT to have the safety margin (+40%) for the cement job with retarder (D161 or HR12). The quantity of retarder in mixing water is crucial, so special care must be taken to calculate the quantity required and to measure it. On the first wells we used an emulsified spacer (15m oil/water based) pumped just after a pill of base oil (3m) then followed by lead and tail slurries. Later on, due to the bad quality of the mud removal, we changed: - the pill of base oil by a pill of thin mud (40m) - the type of spacer, using a 100% water based spacer with surfactant, to help bond between Formation/Cement/Casing. Adjust fluid rheology in order to have Mud < Spacer < Lead Slurry < Tail Slurry in well conditions. Check Rheology under high temperature to avoid any settling. Rheology sensitivity test with blends at: 5 / 10 / 20 / 50 / 75 / 100%. Cover the X-over 10 x 9 7/8 with slurry Typically 10% excess This check is crucial to achieve a good displacement of the slurries. Average on 4 Franklin wells: the difference in volume between the nominal ID and the measured ID accounted for +3.2 m on the displacement calculation, this volume is equivalent to 85 m of casing. The extra volume due to the mud compressibility of the fluid can be calculated but must not be included in the displacement. This volume on the 4 wells on Franklin was + 2.4 m average, or 63 m of casing. Displacement done with dedicated pump, rig pump efficiency (typically 97%). Do not over displace 50% of the shoe track.

SLURRIES DESIGN Tail slurry 1.92sg Lead slurry 1.75sg

RESULTS / Remedial Actions Due to the large volume required, the lead mixing water has been mixed in a mud pit. Tail mixing water prepared in the batch tank. No use of LAS. NO MAJOR PROBLEMS FOR MIXING. Additives to be supplied in drums.

Spacer design

Better quality of displacement on the last wells than the first ones. Still better quality of CBL in front of Lead Slurry than Tail Slurry. Only on F3 well, we notice a good CBL below the landing collar. The cement sheath above the landing collar had been damaged by the pressure test at 900 bars of the column, 2 hours after pumping the slurry. Creation of a micro annulus. Lead 30 to 46 m Tail 21 to 34 m

SPACERS Rheology

SLURRY VOLUME

Compatibility with SBM and Cement. Lead to 200 m above 13 3/8 casing shoe Tail: 400 above 10 shoe ID from Micrometer typical measurements 10 casing ID: 8.73 38.62 lit/m 9 7/8 casing ID: 8.617 37.63 lit/m.

Shoe track: 220 m. All placement: OK Shearing bottom plug: typical 200 bars. Bumped plug: OK, except F4 where the top plug remained in the head. Press. Test to 900 bars: OK except F4.

DISPLACEMENT Rig pumps Check HP/HT ODCC plugs and modified head to avoid top plug to remain in head.

29/5b FRANKLIN - 12 " OPEN HOLE / 10 x 97/8" CASING CEMENTATION Well Date
Top of cement (real) Casing shoe Height BHST BHCT Type of slurry Theoritical slurry volume Excess Total slurry volume Weight of cement (G+S) Slurry weight Cement Lafarge G Silica flour Water Additives m m m C C m % m ton sg % % type

29/5b-F1 20/04/1998
3400 (2492) 5118 1300 418 183 125 lead tail 34.5 20.6 40 40 46.8 25 84 33 1.75 1.92

29/5b-F2 11/08/1998
3300 (2370) 5002 1282 420 183 125 lead tail 33.2 22.7 40 20 45 28 90 1.75 1.92

29/5b-F3 22/11/1998
3250 (2275) 5146 1250 646 178 125 lead tail 36 28 0 10 30 34 77 1.75 1.92 100 35 Fresh

29/5b-F4 12/03/1999
3762 (3272) 5425 1238 425 179 125 lead tail 34.5 21.5 0 10 35.8 23.85 41 30 1.80 1.92 100 35 Fresh 1.5% Bento 100 35 Fresh

29/5b-F5 22/06/1999
3258 (2840) 5264 1606 400 178 125 lead tail 42.7 20.2 10 10 46.5 21.3 41 43 1.75 1.92 100 35 Fresh 1.5% Bento 100 35 Fresh

l/ton or %

100 100 100 100 100 35 35 35 35 35 Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh Fresh 1.5% Bento 1.5% Bento 1.5% Bento 1 lit NF 5 1 lit NF 5 1 lit NF 5 1 lit NF 5 1% HR-12 1.3% HR-12 1% HR-12 1.3% HR-12 0.7% HR-12
0.5% Hal-100 0.75% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.75% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100

0.9% HR-12
0.9% Hal-100

0.85% HR-12 1% HR-12 0.93% HR-12 1.15% HR-12 0.5% Hal-100 0.75% Hal-100 0.5% Hal-100 0.75% Hal-100

50 lit Sil-97L 90 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 90 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 90 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 90 lit Sil-97L 50 lit Sil-97L 90 lit Sil-97L 0.5% CFR-3 0.5% CFR-3 0.5% CFR-3 0.5% CFR-3 0.5% CFR-3 09:37 800 3100 (48 hr) 3600 (48 hr) 1250 (48 hr) 3800 (48 hr) laminar laminar laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ Spacer 500E+ 1.70 1.70 ODCC HPHT ODCC HPHT 2 plugs 2 plugs 10:45 09:20 11:05 08:36 2800 860 3100 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.70 ODCC HPHT 2 plugs 09:15 08:36 1800 100 3300 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.75 ODCC HPHT top plug not realesed. 12:15 11:22 09:26

Thickening time (70BC) Compressive strenght 12 hr Compressive strenght 24 hr Flow pattern Spacer Plug type Displacement

hr:min PSI PSI type sg type

130 2700 laminar laminar Spacer 500E+ 1.70 ODCC HPHT 1.60sg SBM

4.9

Temperature Modelling

Experience from previous wells drilled has shown that drilling the bottom of the 12 section gives the highest drilling fluid temperature at surface . The real data from 22/30 C - G 4 have been used to validate the results from the thermal model Enertech Wellcat which is become the standard for HP/HT applications . As a guide , the undisturbed formation temperatures can be taken as 194 C for the Franklin sands and 207C at TD for the Pentland Formation . 5 5/8 logging No 1 : Temp recorded = 200 C No 2 : Temp recorded = 199 C No 5 : Temp recorded = 207 C ( to be confirmed on the next well ) The table below shows predicted temperature for one typical ( Drilling 8 1/2 ) using the thermal model Enertech Wellcat . Well data : Depth = 5555 m MD ( 5413 m TVD ) - BHST = 184 C -SG =2.17 - Flowrate = 1000 l/min.

Parameters Bottom Hole Static Temperature ( BHST ) Temperature IN Temperature OUT Bottom Hole Circ. Temperature ( BHCT )

Well site 184 C 41 C 46 C

ENERTECH 184 C 43 C 45 C

** 147 C +/- 2C ** PWD sensor

155 C

Bottom Hole mud Temperature Temperature measurement while drilling has not been able to record with a good accuracy . A new downhole PWD tool with temperature sensors has recently been developed to assist drilling of the reservoir section .During the Downhole hydraulics measurements tests after a close analysis were done on the data recover from different sensors installed in the drilling string . It appears clearly that the 3 sensors are given same temperature values .These common values are very close to the temperature of the mud inside the drill string . When using the RTPWD tool in real time mode , the temperature data sent to the surface and available while drilling is not the RTPWD temperature sensor reading but the temperature reading of the sensor located inside the telemetry module of the MWD assembly .

Therefore , in order to get accurate annulus Bottom Hole Circulating Temperature ( BHCT ) for using on Hydraulic calculations and BHCT in cementing , it recommended to use the following correction : Take the real time Temperature sent to the surface ( telemetry module temperature ) = Ta Subtract 2C to get the internal mud temperature above the bit = Tb = Ta - 2C Add 7C to get the annulus mud temperature = BHCT = Tb + 7C = Ta + 5 C ! BHCT = T a + 5C Recommendation : In any case measured BHCT will be cross- checked with the ELF temperature prediction software ( WT-Drill from Enertech )

Safety & Mud cooler : On the previous wells drilled the highest drilling fluid temperature at surface was reported at the bottom of the 12 section which is not the case on G4 . The installation of Mud Coolers to minimise the temperature was incontestable due to the fact that the maximum temperature recorded was only 61 C compared to the flow line peak recorded between 76 - 83 C .The use of mud cooling system during the critical section has been shown to reduce the flow line temperature by 10C to 15C , leadind to a better working environment . Wellcat Printouts show predicted temperature for 3 predominate drilling phase using Enertech . ( see attachments )

12 1/4" Temperature Prediction - Elgin / Franklin


200

180

160

140

Temperature in C

120 Enert. BHST MWD 100 BHCT pred. Temp in C Temp outC 80 Mud Cooler Mud Cooler 60

40

20

0 2930 3095 3139 3160 3540 3600 3612 3756 3842 3896 3970 4008 4148 4236 4240 4329 4416 4565 4612 4665 4730 4817 4932 4940 4980 5000

Depth TVD

Page 1

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5.

8 SECTION ( HP/HT section )


Interval: from +/- 5300 m (MD ) 9 7/8 shoe to +/- 6450 m (MD). Maximum expected BHP: Lower Cretaceous 2.10SG EMW Kimmeridge clay 2.10 SG EMW Franklin sands 2.11 SG EMW Pentland 2.07 SG EMW Expected temperatures: 204C BHST at 5900 m TVD.

5.1

Purpose:
Option 1:

Drill and core 8 hole through the remaining of the Cretaceous, the Upper Jurassic and the top of the Middle Jurassic (Pentland formation) to 60m below the Franklin Sands. Requirement is to cover reservoir(s) and ensure a good isolation between Franklin sands and Pentland.
Option 2:

According to results of first wells it could be decided to develop the Pentland. In this case, two options are available: ! Drill 8 to 60m TVD below Franklin Sands, RIH and cement a 7 liner. Then drill 5 5/8 to 50m TVD above Bottom Pentland and set a 4 . ! Drill 8 to 50m TVD above Bottom Pentland and set a 7 liner. In the case of problem when drilling the Pentland reservoir, a 7 liner could be set below the Franklin Sands. The Pentland would be drilled in 5 5/8 and cased with a 4 liner. 5.2
5.2.1

Drilling procedure :
GENERALITY :

Tag the cement. Increase the mud weight to 2.15 SG. Drill out cement, clean rat hole and 5 m. of new formation. Perform the LOT (expected 2.30 SG EMW, limited to 2.40SG EMW). Drill to 5m. above Franklin Sands. Coring of Franklin sands as programme . Drill 60 m TVD below Franklin Sands. Run logs. Drill ahead to TD, taking one core in the Pentland. Run and cement 7 or a tapered 7 x 4 liner. 5.2.2 Hydraulic Tests :
Reference : DOWNHOLE PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE Measurements on 22/30 C G4 Gelation tests while tripping in the hole:

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Purpose:
Obtain transient pressure data which characterizes the effect of mud gelation on flow properties. Also obtain surge/swab data with no flow. These tests are performed while RIH to exploit the fact that no circulation has occurred for a long period. The effect of pipe rotation on breaking mud gels will also be studied. Drill pipe rotation during these tests will be minimal.

Surge tests while tripping: Purpose: Provide about 25 stands of surge data at varying speeds in hot, gelled up mud while tripping in the hole inside the 9 5/8 casing. Gelation tests on bottom: Purpose: Obtain transient pressure data which characterizes the effect of mud gelation on flow properties. Also obtain surge/swab with no flow. Circulation tests on bottom: Purpose: Obtain temperature and pressure data with time while circulation at different flow rates through stationary drill pipe. Surge/swab tests on bottom while circulating: Purpose: Obtain surge/swab data while circulation at a constant rate and with no flow. Circulation allows a quantitative measurement of return flow after the first surge. Effects of rotation on circulating properties and a shut-in period: Purpose: Obtain temperature and pressure data with time while circulation at different flow rates through rotating drill pipe. Two rotary speeds will be examined. Also monitor temperature build-up and any mud sag phenomena. Swab tests while tripping: Purpose: Provide about 25 stands of swab data inside the 9 7/8 casing during normal tripping operations.

5.3

Expected problems : Mud weight control. The main problems are experienced whilst drilling through the transition zone, when the pore pressure and fracture pressure are close, leaving little room for error in mud weight. The control of the mud weight is of a paramount importance. Fluctuation ESD (Equivalent Static Density) can be due to: - pressure variation, - temperature variation (from circulating profile to static profile). Fluctuation of ECD (Equivalent Static Density) can be due to: - flow rate variation - pipe movement, i. e. Rotation . Tripping in or out . All this variation must be quantified to know exactly the pressure exerted by the drilling fluid. Failure to properly control the mud weight can lead to losses and gain instability.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Differential sticking. Differential sticking into the Pentlands reservoir can occur. The pressure required to control the Franklin sands can be too high in front of the deeper reservoir. Reservoir pressure and formation temperature. HP 1111 bars at 5364 m. TVD/SS. HT 205C BHST at TD. H2S: Hydrogen Sulphide was encountered in the previous wells 30 to 50ppm during testing. None was reported while drilling but over 4000 ppm were measured while recovering a core. Barite sagging (see 12 1/4 section) 5.4 Drilling fluids Hydraulic : Synthetic base mud at 1.65 SG from the 12 1/4 section will be weighted to 2.15 before drill-out of cement and perform the LOT Typical composition of mud (2.15 SG, 85/15 OWR)

5.4.1

XP-07 EZ MUL 2F Lime DURATONE HT Water GELTONE Calcium Chloride Barite RM 63 SUSPENTONE BARACARB 50 BARACARB 150

(Base Fluid) (Primary Emulsifier) (Ca(OH)2) (Fluid Loss Control) (Viscosifier/Gelling Agent) (CaCl2) (Weighting agent) (Rheology Modifier) (Specialised Viscosifier) (Bridging LCM Material) (Bridging LCM Material)

418 l/m 67 l/m 20 kg/m 55 kg/m 75 l/m 3 kg/m 57 kg/m 1515 kg/m 1.5 l/m 4 kg/m 30 kg/m 6 l/m

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5.4.2

Typical mud characteristics Weight PV YP YS Gels 0/10/30 Filtrate API Filtrate HP/HT E.S. Cl-(Water Phase Salinity) H/E Excess of Lime : 2.15 SG : ALAP, typically 40-55 cPo : 15-20 lbs/100ft : 8 - 20 lbs/100ft : 16/25/35 : 0 cc : < 3 cc @ 190 C : > 800 V : 225 g/l : 80/20 - 85/15 : > 1.5 to 2 g/l

5.4.3

Safety stocks Bulk material: Barite Cement G + Silica Flour Material in sacks or drums: BARACARB 50/150 :3t/2t 3 Chemicals to mix 300 m of synthetic base mud Mud / Base oil Kill mud 2.45 SG Liquid mud in surface Base Oil : 50 m : 250 m : 75 m : 150 t : 100 t

5.4.4

Recommendations : Mud weight: Continue with the XP-07 system from the previous section, adjusting the oil/water ratio towards 85/15 and the weight to 2.15 SG with Barite before drill-out the cement. A mud weight of 2.15 SG will be required for this entire section. A portion of the above mud may have to be back-loaded to accommodate the volume increase caused by the weighing up and conditioning of the mud system.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Mud weight measurement: Calibrate the Halliburton balance daily with Calcium Bromide Brine and a Hydrometer. Temperature correction effects should be observed. Record mud weight and temperature at the flow-line and pits. Temperature: Due to expected bottom hole temperatures greater than 200C, the emulsifier concentration should be raised to 67 l/m, and the DURATONE HT added to a concentration of 55 kg/m initially. The DURATONE concentration may require to be increased in order to maintain the filtrate to required specification as the interval progresses. Temperature and pressure calculations should be run before and during drilling operations to analyse the effective change in downhole pressure cause by the heating, cooling and circulating of the mud system.

Good ventilation is mandatory at the shale shakers and the pit room. The return mud at the flow-line is likely to have a temperature in the range 60C - 85C, where a measure of water and oil evaporation will take place. Seepage/losses/gain : Add 30 kg/m BARACARB 50 and 6 kg/m BARACARB 150 to the mud system and 1 - 2 sacks per stand while drilling the sands to ensure that enough fresh material is available for bridging purposes. BARACARB will effectively bridge across the porous sands minimising filter cake buildup, filtrate/whole mud invasion, seepage losses and differential sticking. Follow good well control practices by carefully monitoring pit level and background gas. Direct treatment with base fluid and chemical to the active system will not enable accurate pit level monitoring. All treatments to the active system should be to one of the reserve pits then added to the active mud. Pit levels may rise/fall (neither a kick nor downhole losses) due to variances in the generated downhole pressure (annular mud weight) caused by the relationship between pressure and temperature with depth. Increase mud weight only if absolutely sure of increase in pore pressure ( increase in temperature , shut in pressure , well instability , Kick etc.). Pore pressures and pit levels must be monitored carefully at all times due to the low tolerance expected between pore pressure and fracture gradients. Avoid rapid trip/running casing/ pipe movement to minimise swab and surge pressures.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Hydraulics calculations under temperature/pressure should be used to plan for trips e.g. the requirement to break circulation after trips due to an increase in mud density in the upper hole sections due to the cooling effects of the mud system. The mud in the riser and upper 9 7/8 casing will be cooler, heavier and thicker than the mud at the section TD after a trip out of the hole. These conditions will result in an increased ECD during initial circulating operations once back on bottom which could breakdown the formation. To avoid this problem, staged circulation will be made while running in the hole to heat up the mud and break the gel strengths of the mud. Induced lost circulation can be caused by: Surge pressures while running in the hole (BHA/small diameter gauge hole). High initial pump pressures and ECD required to break circulation (progressive gel strength of the cooler mud). We recommend the drill-pipe is rotated to break the gels strengths prior to starting circulation. Barite Sag. See Appendix for further discussion. " Higher annular mud density after a trip, caused by cooler mud and the weighted slug that was pumped prior to the trip. OWR: The OWR should be maintained at 80/20 - 85/15. Hydraulic: The yield point should be maintained in the range 15 - 20 lbs/100 ft2 in this interval combined with minimum PVs and gels in order to optimise hydraulics for minimum ECDs/surge/swab pressures. The optimisation of rheology will be critically important through this interval to minimise supercharging. A minimum circulating rate of 750 l/min is recommended to maintain adequate hole cleaning. HP/HT Filtrate: Maintain the HPHT below 3.0 cc @ 190C by the use of DURATONE HT, and EZ MUL 2F Differentially stuck pipe: It will be beneficial to treat the mud with 2 - 3 kg/m of CMO 568, oil mud lubricant. Recent research indicates that the force required to free differentially stuck pipe, is substantially reduced when the filter cake contains BARACARB bridging material and CMO 568.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

H2S: Maintain excess Lime > 2 - 3 kg/m, in order to offset any H2S intrusion into the mud system. Solids control: Run the shale shakers utilising the finest mesh screen possible. Shale shakers have to be attended to at all times, and screens changed as circumstances dictate to keep the optimum screen size on the shakers. It is also suggested that both oblong, square and pyramidal screens be available on the rig site and various combinations are tried for optimum performance. The base fluid wash gun should be available to clean the screens. Synthetic Oil on Cuttings: As in the previous section the Mud engineers performs the SOC on a composite sample every 300 metres or daily, whichever is the sooner. The mud engineer also collect all statutory samples while using synthetic oil base mud. Barite sagging: SUSPENTONE can be added to the mud system at 4 - 6kg/m in order to protect against Barite settling in the event of a large condensate/oil influx. Cement job: The mud should be treated with 2 kg/m DRILTREAT and EZ MUL 2F prior to cementing to minimise the effects of possible spacer contamination.

FRANKLIN 29/5b-F3 Hydraulics analysis 8" hole

m 28/11/1998 29/11/1998 30/11/1998 01/12/1998 02/12/1998 03/12/1998 04/12/1998 04/12/1998 05/12/1998 06/12/1998 07/12/1998 08/12/1998 09/12/1998 10/12/1998 11/12/1998 12/12/1998 13/12/1998 14/12/1998 15/12/1998 16/12/1998 17/12/1998 18/12/1998 19/12/1998 20/12/1998 21/12/1998 22/12/1998 5161 5161 5174 5249 5343 5425 5595 5623 5654 5709 5757 5807 5807 5807 5807 5807 5807 5807 5807

RT

lpm

bars 8 3 x 24 10

m/min

m/min

sg 2.15

C 40

sg 2.15

C 50

C 160

cPo 55

lbs/100ft lbs/100ft EMW 15 12

EMW

EMW

EMW

EMW

EMW Hidra

5091 5166 5259 5342 5511 5539 5571 5626 5674 5721 5721 5721 5721 5721 5721 5721 5721

1085 1125 1120 1110 1110 1120 1124 1124 1130 1100 1100

90 90 90 91 90 115 130 124 130 130 15

199 199 193 193 201 205 197 199 175 200 200

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10

11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

71 74 74 73 73 74 74 74 74 72 72

45 47 47 46 46 47 47 47 47 46 46

2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15

37 46 47 47 46 46 46 47 47 40 40

2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15

43 51 54 51 51

60 57 59 65 60 57

23 21 26 27 23 26 22 17 22 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21

13 15 19 16 16 15 15 14 15 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15

Rodby/Sola Valhall/Heather Franklin 'C'/'B' Franklin 'A' Pentland

51 50 52 53 53

56 51 52 51 51 51 51 51

10 1100 15 200 10 10

6 x 10 6 x 10 6 x 10

12 12 12 72 46

2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 43 2.15 52

69 69 69

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5.5

EXPERIENCE

The attached table is a recap of the main lessons learnt .

HP / HT Section
DRILLING FLUIDS RECOMMENDATIONS

8 Drilling section
PARAMETERS INDICATORS Gas level shows Back ground gas Well Flowing DENSITY Key Factor
IT IS IMPORTANT TO RECOGNISE THAT MUD WEIGHT CAN VARY SIGNIFICANTLY WITH TEMPERATURE

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action ! All densities must be reported and corrected at 50C. ! Anticipated any degradation of mud for an extended static period. Solution: over-treated the mud before the specific operations

Flow Check instable Settling of Barite

! Start the section with 2.15 SG with Low rheology Increasing of Solids ! Addition of Premix Weighted at 1.85 / 1.95 SG is recommeded (Premix) Content ! see Baroid practices ! Keep LGS < 150 g/litre ! Calibration of Pressurised mud balance with ZnBr2 solution ! Pore Pressure on Fulmar Reservoir results : [ G4 i,e ] Franklin C - 2.10 EMW at 5357 m TVD MDT Franklin B - 2.06 EMW at 5489 m TVD Franklin A - 2.04 EMW at 5569 m TVD ANY INCREASING OF DENSITY MUST BE EVALUATED ! A tight control of the PV is essential Range : PV = 45 to 60 @ 2.17 Sg. Suspentone / Base oil / RM 63 may be used to increase the end Rheology YV Fluctuation High Temperature Gellation ! Keep Yv at 15/20 under Static/Dynamic Temperature conditions ! No progressive gels have been reported. Flat gels : 29 / 31 / 38 (Gels 0 / 10 / 30 min) ! Bottom up samples must be compared to regular mud . ! Static ageing must be used to predict mud behaviour when the mud is to be static for an extended period.

REMINDER Plastic Viscosity ( PV )

Degradation at Bottom up after a trip (i.e.) RHEOLOGY Low shear rheological properties Yield Stress

! The ratio of quality organophilic clay to rheology modified is critical ! Addition of SUSPENTONE as soon as barite sag start to be detected .( 3 to 5 kgs/m ) ! Experience :" see Baroid recommendations Maintained with RM 63 - YS = 5 - 8 lb/100 sqft

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action ! Should be all oil throughout. In the lower sections tight control across the sands may be required, especially if there is significant overbalance. ! HP/HT Filtrate will be checked at 175 C top section , then Filtrate should always be at the maximum BHST (200 C) at TD.

API Filtrate Change in HPHT filtrate values after :Bottom up Hot rolling Cake quality Barite Plug HP / HT Filtrate

< 3 cc at 190 C
! Recommended treatment: >EZMUL 2F + Invermul 2F >Duratone HT >Lime >Baracarb 50 > Baracarb 150 10 kgs/ m 5 kg/m 5 kgs/m 10 kgs/m 5 kgs/m

REMINDER Low Fluid Loss Pill Practice A Mud core has been recovered whilst the first core

! Prior to tripping for a long extended period, spot an over -treated mud pill in front of reservoir: Specifications: >Ezmul2F + Invermul 2F 15 kgs/ m >Duratone HT 10 kg/m >Baracarb 50 20 kgs/m > Baracarb 150 10 kgs/m

REMINDER LIME EXCESS H2S CO2 ! Be aware that Hydrogen Sulphide has been encountered in Central Graben wells. ! In SBM system maintain lime in system at 3 to 5 kgs/m3. ! H2S procedures have to be initiated before this section ! In SBM mud the increased reaction of lime with surfactants greatly increases with temperature and reductions in mud alkalinity are common. E.S. Range 1100.volt > ES > 700 volt Good behaviour of mud system.

ELECTRICAL STABILITY

FLASH POINT ! 90 C (BASE OIL)

High temperature at Usually bottom hole section circulations rates are too low to cause a problem in 8" diameter . Flow line At TD Temp in = 38 C with Flow rate = 900m l/mn Temp out = 42C. A check of flash point must be done weekly in town. Max Temperature REMINDER Temperature maximum recorded = 205 C BHST

TEMPERATURE

W.P.S. (WATER PHASE SALINITY)

Decreasing

This appears to only be important on the upper sections where clay instability can occur at chloride levels above 180 gr/l. Keep WPS > 190 gr/l

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action

WELL-BORE STABILITY

Shale Cavings Sticking Core Damage Calliper Losses in transition zone

In micro fractured shales, use a very low fluid loss mud. ( HPHT < 3 mls ) and add fracture sealing agent. Addition of Bridging agent is recommended > Baracarb 50 10 kgs / m > Baracarb 150 5 kgs / m Before drilling the pay zone > One arm caliper has been recorded on this section, giving a hole in gauge. ( 8.7 average )

REMINDER

! An oriented 4-arm calliper is recommended

EVAPORATION

O.W.R. increasing (loss water phase) Salinity Increased gels

REMINDER

Add water: Increased filtrate and surface evaporation reduces the total water of the mud and, if not replaced, will in effect, dehydrate the system. Warning Any addition of water must be checked by ageing pilot test due to the contamination effect (Rheology affected). An increasing of OWR has been reported without any explanation But no impact on the behaviour of mud and Operations Typical Composition : Drilling Fluids @ 2.15 SG.

Mud Behaviour Thermal Degradation

CHEMICAL

FONCTION

TOP SECTION

END SECTION

XP 07 Water Ca Cl2 E2 MUL 2F BARITE Geltone IV Invermul 2F Duratone HT

Base oil

470 litres 120 litres 30 g/ l 42 g/l 1460 g/l 3.14 g/l 0 g/l 27.67 g/l

470 litres 105 litres 20.83 g/l 76.2g /l 1268 g /l 4.85 g/l/
9.13 g/l 38.52 g/l

CHEMICALS
CONCENTRATION

Primary Emulsifier Weighting agent viscosifier Second. Emulsifier Fluid Loss control Rheology modifier Suspension agent Bridging chemical

Lime RM 63 Suspentone Baracarb 150 Baracarb 50

18 g/l 0.86 g/l 3.42 g/l 8 g/l 27 g/l

7.8 g/l 2.28 g/l

6.28 g/l 8 g/l 27 g/l

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action Spot pill mud in the Open Hole , made of Active mud over -treated for fluid loss reduction .Displace in pump out mode . Formulation :

Anticipated treatment for Specific Operations : Low Fluid Loss Pill over-treated Logging/Coring/trippi ng

>EZMUL 2F >Invermul 2F >Duratone HT >Lime >Baracarb 50 > Baracarb 150

5 litres/m 5 litres / m 5 kg/m 10 kgs/m 5kgs/m 5 kgs/m

REMINDER Kick and Losses simultaneously Flow check inappropriate TRANSITION ZONE B.G.G. Levels KIMMERIDGE CLAY Free Emission of gas in SBM

Products concentration should be reported daily on the current mud. Action: > Anticipated risk of losses by adding Bridging agent in the mud (Baracarb , Duratone HT) > Start the section with 2.15 SG or less. See reports ( Well Instability Report ) > Reinforce Flow check procedure before coring point. > A well stabilisation must be recovered almost instantaneously after the flow check (see Downhole measurements - Thermal Effect) ! Spot Hi Dens pill must be considered for the tripping. Volume = 20 / 25 m - SG = 2.30 ; PV =105 ; YV = 40 @ 50C

REMINDER Note : Increase of viscosity will come only from barite addition , otherwise heavy treatment will be required to restore the mud. Results: Some Seepage losses were identified whilst this section with 2.17 SG , giving a measured ( PWD ) Equivalent Static Density of 2.18 SG . > Good behaviour of mud during investigation > Observe free gas at surface after long Flow check .. REMINDER For further wells it is believed that the use of a slightly lower mud weight to drill through the Jurassic Kimmeridge shales should avoid lost time.( in decreasing the chance of supercharging the formation ) 22/30C-c10 Wellbore pressure instability HP/HT Transition zone analysis Fann 70 tests must be run on the mud on a regular basis while drilling in the HPHT section. Look ahead rheologies and gels to be run and the reaction of the current mud to anticipated temperatures. Established a matrix P, T, depth No Fann 70 onboard Fann 70 twice per week / normal operations

REFERENCE Behaviour of Mud under HP/HT Hydraulic calculations

FANN 70 AT DOWNHOLE CONDITIONS

REMINDER

10

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action Screen shakers optimisation , LGS content must be kept to a minimum < 150 g/litre .

P.S.D.

To minimise LGS.

FORMATION DAMAGE QA/QC

Downhole Pressure measurements (supercharging) Cake

See MDT measurements ( No significant Supercharging ) 27 pressures ( good test : 15, seal failure : 3, tight 4, supercharged : 5 ) No major problems were reported Formation damage may arise in low permeability reservoirs with emulsion blocks or changes in wettability. This can be avoided by using a very High oil / water ration formulation.

DIFFERENTIAL STICKING LOGISTIC

During Connection or Coring Stocks and Volume

See Contingency Procedure - ( ZnBr2 formulation). Onsite keep 300m3 of mud to anticipate any risks in the transition zone. Keep LCM safety stock as per programme. The issue of the efficiency of the solids control equipment and the allocation of mud losses on site needs to be clearly identified and documented:The balance of the mud lost is a combination of other factors which include: losses associated with the operation of other down stream solids removal equipment - e.g. centrifuges , mud cleaners pit losses tripping losses on the drill floor interface losses displacing mud into the hole evaporation losses leaks from pits and pumps whole mud losses over the shakers header box spills losses while reaming losses while circulating and conditioning losses while drilling cement losses around the moon-pool losses around the drill floor Results: Target OOC 11,36% 10% Base oil discharged 57,4 Tons 35 Tons Need Improvement for further wells with the new Regulations

POLLUTION ENVIRONMENT

Oil on Cuttings Daily Reported OOC < 10%

11

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action Hot rolling ovens, bomb and HPHT filtration cells should be used to optimise drilling fluids formulations. Feedback if problems develop on the rig. See Mud calibration check list - (Rig crew & derrickman ) For some treatments 2 - 3 circulations may be needed before the effects are seen

Hot Rolling Ageing Tests Mud Weight WELL SITE PROCEDURES REMINDER

Liner CEMENTING

Mud Conditioning

See 7 Liner Cementing recommendations

REMINDER HYDRAULICS ESD Influx of formation fluids L.O.T. Seepage Losses SPP Differential sticking

THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES , BASED ON EXPERIMENTS , MUST RELATED TO THE MUD PROPERTIES AT THE TIME OF THE TESTS .

For 2.17 SG @ 50 with PV = 44 and YP = 12 ESD 2.19 (Expression of the static bottom hole pressure) with PV=44 , YV = 12 ECD 2.25 (@ 1000 l/mn) and PV=56 ; YV=20 and 2.26 (with 60 RPM) 2.27 (with 120 RPM) Mud Compressibility Heavy mud 4.1 litre /100 bar / m3 or 2,9 litre / 1000 psi / m3 Over Pressured to break Gels: 110 psi after 50 hours without Circulation

ECD

REMINDER

ECD values are very dependant of the mud rheology . Pressure Transmission: @ around 80% of the pressure increment is transmitted nearly instantaneously. @ almost 100% of the pressure increment is transmitted after 30 minutes.

PRESSURE TRANSMISSION

12

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action Swab & Surge - Tripping Speed: Main swab effects observed are:  ESD variations are directly related to the tripping speed  ESD variations are instantaneous  ESD drop-off is constant during the one-stand trip.  With a low tripping speed of 4 minutes per stand, the observed drop-off in ESD is 2 points (0.02 SG) or almost 10 bars  With a very low tripping speed of 7 minutes per stand, the observed drop-off in ESD is 1.5 points (0.015 SG) or almost 7 bars  With a High tripping speed of 2 minutes per stand, the observed drop-off in ESD is 3 points (0.03 SG) or almost 15 bars

TRIPPING SPEED

Flow Check

Flow Check & Mud Shrinkage Several flow checks have been done during the tests with some of them on the trip tank. Flow checks when monitoring pits volume:  The driller is no longer able to see any pit variations after 30 minutes (his pit volume indicator gives a constant value after 30 minutes)

 But detailed analysis of recorded data shows that pit volumes reach a steady state only after almost 120 minutes (2 hours)  After a flow check, the normal procedure is to re-create the previous well situation (same flowrate, same RPM) in order to confirm volume variations  This operation takes around 20 minutes  Volume variations include: flow line and lines volume (instantaneous) + mud pressure drop-off of the mud in the well Flow check when monitoring the trip tank volume:  Detailed analysis of recorded data shows that trip tank volume reach a steady state very quickly (after 10 minutes)  These tests, performed in cased hole, are not showing any mud thermal expansion (of the mud volume in the well)

13

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS RULES OF THUMB- Remedial Action

SPP PREDICTION  ECDELF is a new hydraulic software developed by the Elf Exploration Production Fluids Group ECDELF ESD  Tests, validation and operational improvements will be completed by the end of 1997. Validation of the results given by the present version of ECDELF (1.01 test):  ECD : OK without rotation ( within a range of flowrate ) (the present version of the software does not take into account the effect of rotation on the annulus pressure losses) REMINDER The programme need still developments : today value are corrected in a 1000 - 1200 litre/min range , at low flowrate the ECD predictions are too high and at higher flow rate the ECD prediction are too low . REMINDER  ESD : seems to be slightly under-estimated (the ESD calculated by ECDELF is always 1 point lower than the measured ESD). This will be improved with more accurate PVT equations for the XP07 base oil PWD measurements are still mandatory  Stand Pipe Pressure : are slightly over-estimated (around 3 to 5 %) SPP are strongly affected by the internal string pressure losses; flow regime inside the string is highly turbulent even at 1000 LPM and calculations are based on empirical correlations (it is always the case with turbulent flow); moreover equivalent shear rates seen by the mud are much more important than the 600 RPM measured by classic rheometer. And it is always difficult to know the exact drill string geometry (especially the string ID and the tool-joints ID). However 5 % is a reasonable accuracy in on-going operations. Hereafter is proposed a trick to improve SPP prediction in order to better match with real-time measurements. REFERENCE: David BERTIN REPORT ( 28 / 08 / 1997 ) ** Downhole Pressure & Temperature Measurements on HP/HT well. For a more efficient use of the present version of ECDELF (version 1.01 test): Do not forget that the current test version of ECDELF do not take into account the effect of pipe rotation on the ECD; just add to the results 0.01 SG per 60 RPM to get accurate ECD predictions

REMINDER

14

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

SHELL SHEARWATER RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS COMPARISON TO ELGIN-FRANKLIN For the Shearwater project, the density was measured at a standard temperature of 100F (37C). The standard temperature is defined as the surface temperature, at which the surface mud weight will be exactly the equivalent downhole mud weight, at the top of the reservoir under geothermal gradient. The same approach was made on Elgin-Franklin, but mud weights were reported at 50C. A 200-psi (0.03sg) overbalance at the top reservoir is usually used for the design of the mud. However, 120-psi (0.015sg) overbalance was used on one Shearwater well, with a mud weight of 2.26sg. The same 0.015sg overbalance was used on Elgin G8 well. The balance was calibrated with caesium formate brine at a density close to that of the active mud system. Elgin/Franklin: 1.70sg calcium bromide brine was used on first wells, then replaced by 2.10sg caesium formate brine. The plastic viscosity of the mud was optimised with the addition of emulsifiers. As the concentration of emulsifier increases the PV decreases until it reaches a plateau; optimum treatment is then achieved. Undertreatment with emulsifiers is very detrimental and can contribute towards barite sag. Emulsifiers were also used to optimise the rheology of the mud. XP-07 mud (E/F) promoted lower PV than Ultidrill mud (Shearwater) through lower cinematic viscosity of the base oil. The 100-rpm reading was controlled between a maximum of 42 to minimise the ECD and a maximum of 35 to limit the barite sag. Same 100-rpm readings noted on Elgin-Franklin. Optimised low shear rate viscosity, through yield stress. See above See above The optimum SWR to minimise barite subsidence was determined in the lab at 80/20. SWR at 75/25 or 85/15 was found detrimental to the suspension of barite. The SWR was maintained in the range from 79/21 to 83/17 in the HPHT sections. Maximum angle: 30 degree. Elgin-Franklin: SWR from 78/22 to 90/10 were maintained with no barite sag related problems, while drilling the HPHT sections. The lower cinematic viscosity of the base fluid, allowed the use of proper concentration of gelling agent to control the suspension of barite, without impairing the ECDs. Maximum angle: 40 degree. Slight overtreatment of wetting agents was recommended to maintain the best wettability of the barite, to prevent its settlement. The same approach for the Emulsifier was used: the optimum concentration of wetting agent was reached when the plastic viscosity was not further reduced. Elgin/Franklin: wetting agents were used to oil wet the barite whilst adding weighting materials.

DENSITY

Variation with temperature

Overbalance on reservoir

Balance calibration

RHEOLOGY

Plastic Viscosity

Low shear rate viscosity

Plastic Viscosity Low shear rate viscosity Synthetic Water Ratio

BARITE SAG

Wetting agent

15

PARAMETER S

INDICATORS

SHELL SHEARWATER RECOMMENDATIONS / FIELD RESULTS COMPARISON TO ELGIN-FRANKLIN Maintained below 5 cc at BHST (182 to 193C). Maintained below 5 cc at 180C. A high viscosity, low fluid loss pill was spotted in the open hole before tripping to minimise the risk of sag and differential sticking, and maximise the mud tolerance to contamination by reservoir fluid. This approach was imposed by SHELL, after ELF presented its successful drilling of the first Elgin well. The HPHT fluid loss pills are still in used in our fields, to prevent long term degradation of mud under temperature and also, to prevent large deposit of cake, prior to core the reservoirs. DOWELL software validated with Sperry-Sun PWD. ECDELF software validated with Sperry-Sun PWD. To minimise the impact of barite sag, circulation while running in the hole was only made at the 9 7/8 shoe. Elgin-Franklin: same approach. Two separate mud systems, one for the 12 section and one for the 8 section were used. The HPHT mud were backloaded and reconditioned in town before reuse. Elgin-Franklin: generally the mud from the 12 section were diluted and adjusted offshore for the drilling of the 8 section without any impairment to the fluid nor the rig time. Shell: Dowell mud engineers assigned to the project. Elf: Baroid mud engineers assigned to the project were Graham Bell, Phil Leslie, Dan Blaylock, Roberto Cremascoli, Neil Ross and Ian Cameron. Same approach on both development to promote a continuous improvement of the performances.

HPHT fluid loss Spotting HPHT Low fluid loss pill TEMP. STABILITY

HYDRAULICS

ESD, ECD, Surge and Swab Breaking circulation while running in the hole Mud from 12 to 8 section

OPERATIONA L PRACTICES Continuity of personnel

16

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5.6

7 ( or 7x 4 1/2) liner and cementing


A 7 liner (or a tapered 7x 4 1/2 if Pentland drilled) liner will be run and cemented to the liner hanger. The goal of a tapered liner is to give us the maximum chance to obtain a good isolation between the two reservoirs to prevent any future water production from the Pentland by channelling behind the liner. Running the liner. Prior to run the liner, the gel strength and yield point must both be reduced, the yield point + 15 lb/100ft, and the 10 gel to < 23 to avoid excessive surge pressures when running in. Pilot tests will be completed by the mud engineer to determine the optimum treatment levels. This can best be accomplished by additions of OMC 2.Care should be taken so as not to over treat the system with OMC 2 that can cause barite sagging or settling. When running liner, consideration should be given to breaking circulation half way in the hole, to reduce back pressure when breaking circulation on bottom prior to cementing. Swab and surge calculations should be run on the actual data of the time to optimise the rheological properties and liner running speeds, to ensure they are well within the limits of fracture pressure.

Cementing job
The liner will be cemented with a gas tight slurry 2.30 SG. he slurry volume will be calculated according with the caliper volume + 20% and an excess corresponding at 100 metres of annulus volume (9 7/8 Csg x 5 DP). Fluid design:
! Spacer : formulate spacer @ 2.25 SG.

Contractor Spacer Viscosifier Surfactant Surfactant Bentonite Stabiliser Fresh water Barite Defoamer

Dowell Mudpush WHT D143 10 kgs/m U66 - 47.6 l/m B064 47 l/m D20 5 kgs B78 8 litres 510 litres 1626 kgs as required

Halliburton Spacer 500E+ 16 kgs/m SEM7-50l/m3 Pen520 l/m N/A N/A 538 litres 1622 kgs as required

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Important : Spacer design becomes more challenging with Oil-base mud . The spacer must be cpmpatible with both the mud and cement while remaining stable at High Temperature . Oil water Emulsions , such as the Dowell MUD Push XEO is not recommended .

A water phase spacer with surfactant is recommended .


Specific Lab. Tests : - Static Settling Test at BHCT . - Dynamic Settling test at BHCT - Compatibility with SBM and Slurry under temperature .
! Tail slurry: gas tight 2.30 SG. ! VOLUME = Caliper + 20% open hole + 100 metres aboveTOL ( 9 7/8 casing )

G cement Silica Fluid loss Stabiliser Retarder


Drill Water

Dowell Dyckerhoff 35 % Bwoc D134 310 l/ton D135 31 l/T D161 173 l/T
37 l/T

Halliburton Lafarge 35% Bwoc Halad600LE-90 Silicalite 97L-100 l/T HR25L 122.5l/ton
Zero l/T

Dispersant Weighting agent Stabiliser Retarder Remarks:

B78 7.7l/T Hematite 71% bwoc D153 0.2% bwoc N/A

CFR3 0.5% Micromax50% bwoc Microbond Ht 4% SCR100L 205 l/ton

1. All the formulations are indicative, they must be confirmed by laboratory tests performed with samples coming from the rig before the cement jobs.

10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Cement slurry properties: Density 2.30 SG. Yield +/- 1100 l/t Thickening time > 8h00 + 3 Hours Batch mixing Fluid loss < 30ml Free water < 0.0 % Compressive strength at BHCT >300bar 48 h

Additional Tests :

Rheology at the BHCT using HPHT rheometer Settlement Test Static Gel strength Crush compressive strength Sensitivity Tests :Temperature +/- 5C and Retarder concentration +/- 5 % .

11

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

-t 5.7 EXPERIENCE :

Experience shows that advance planning and preparation are vital to the successful completion of cementing operations . Prejob planning and careful consultation also save valuable time . Three weeks or more are needed to ensure sufficient preparation for the cementing operation , including a thorough examination of well conditions , spacer design , slurry qualification , operational mixing procedure . The following pages examines current and evolving HPHT cementing practices which was implemented during the drilling phase .

Example : 7 Liner BAKER ( 42.5 # - 28% Cr.) Cement Job on 29/5b-F5 Objective:
The goal of the cement job is : - to seal the production liner covering the gas and condensate bearing sands of the FRANKLIN reservoir - isolate the GWC and the reservoir . 7 Liner String: Top Liner: 9 7/8 Casing Shoe Landing Collar: Float collar: Shoe Depth: Well TD: Top Franklin A Sands Pentland 5111 m MD ( 150 m overlap) 5268 m MD 5782 m MD 5879 m MD 5910 m MD 5915 m MD 5691 m MD 5759 m MD

Radioactive markers and Joint markers: To be positioned above C sands (One joint + 1 pip tag one joint above - 1 pip tag in the Liner hanger) [ 8.55 m below top packer liner]

Centralisation for this Liner should be as per following:


-2 Spiraglider Spiral Centralisers per joint over the 3 first joint (OD 8 1/4) -1 Spiraglider Spiral Centraliser per joint over the float collar (OD 8 1/4). -1 Rotating STT I SL Centraliser per Two joint over the Reservoir.

12

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

-1 Rotating STT I SL Centraliser per Three joint from top Reservoir to 9 7/8 - 1 Rotating STT I SL Centraliser per 2 joint from 9 7/8 to the top of the Liner. Type of centraliser; STT/I/SL model (OD 8.62) - Installed over a stop collar (Mid joint)

Pre-job preparation:
1) Ensure all pits (to be used for the preparation of spacer and slurry mix water), cement supply to the Halliburton cement unit and cementing line to the rig floor are thoroughly cleaned out and flushed through with fresh water. Check cement bulk. 2) The 7 Liner will be drifted. It was dimensionally controlled to better assess the ID of the joints which will be used for the displacement calculation. Diameter: 5.788 or 16.98 L/metre

3) Check wiper plug and dart for 5 DP - (Drifted + Rabbit the new 5 DP if any) (Shear pins Wiper plug and Dart plug: Shearing value 1200 & 2200 psi -7 pins) Good indication on F1: 122 bars with ENACO hanger. Good indication on F2: 126 bars with ENACO hanger
Good indication on F3: 86 bars with BAKER hanger, unable to set hanger, liner set on bottom of the hole.

Good indication on F4: 155 bars with BAKER hanger.Tapered casing 7x5x4 Good indication on F5: 95 bars with BAKER hanger Mud film thickness inside DP and Liner: Vdp = 958 litres Vliner = 233 litres Total = 1191 litres => 70 metres, 7 joints Preparation of Spacer
Spacer 1: Spacer 500E+ (High Temperature Spacer) The spacer to be used consists of 18 m of Spacer 500E+ (see Halliburton formulation) weighted to 2.25 SG with a yield point of 40/50 (at 21 C) Mix 50 m of spacer to be able to fill the liner behind the cement - Lost suction on F2 Once the freshwater has been added to the pit, the chloride content of this water should be checked, the result noted and a sample of this water retained. Take a sample of spacer when complete, measure rheology at mix + at Halliburton lab temperature, note result and retain (compare with the formulation).

13

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Preparation of ADDITIVES: Addition of Fresh water, Halad 600LE, Silicalite-97L, Micromax will be mixed while RIH. This mix water can be kept 24 hours without harm to the cement job. F1 - 9 hours to mix the slurry, SEE HALLIBURTON report for details. F2 - 7 hours to mix the slurry - Addition of micromax 10/15 min/ ton but still very messy -Blockage of discharge line of 4 slurry followed by blockage of the 4 slurry suction line on the batch tank - Densitometer line blocked - Total downtime: 2 hours F3 Mixing + recirculating slurry: 15 hours. Slow addition of Micromax, it took time to remove the bags from the containers. F4 8 hours to mix the slurry The mix water was started one hour before the liner tagged the bottom of the hole The micromax took 4 hours to be mixed the cement addition took 3 hours. The slurry was kept 2 hours circulating while pumping the spacers. F5 The micromax took 45 min hours to be mixed The slurry took 90 min .

14

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Running procedure and Fluid pumping Sequence


Recommendations: - A circulation will be performed at the 9 7/8 casing shoe to establish parameters. Circulate 1 bottom up at 750 L/min or less if losses are reported (gas level control, losses). F1 @ 650 l/min F2 @ 680 l/min F3 @ 750 l/min F4 @ 650 l/min F5 @ 750 l/min SPP = 65 bars at 5118 m SPP = 73 bars at 5002 m SPP = 84 bars at 5126 m SPP = 81bars at 5424 m SPP = 80bars at 5240 m

- RIH and tag bottom - Pick up to liner setting depth according to liner operator. On F5 : Washed down from 5367 m to 5913 m with 400 to 700 l/min & 55 to 90 bars while working string through several tight spots - Break circulation slowly and check surface pumping pressure at previously established rates. Whilst running in the hole with 7 liner, select 1 high pressure mud pump and check seals, liners and swabs in case it is required during the cement job. At TD, take weight up / down. Tag TD + pull back +/- 2 metres - # Up / Down F5 : 248 / 212 tons Fluid pumping sequence: 1)- Circulation prior to the job should be, at a minimum, 1.5 times complete annular volume. The flow rate will be gradually increased while monitoring for losses to reach an ECD 2.24 sg. at 700 lpm. F5 at TD : Circ with 700 l/min SPP = 84 bars . Start the pumping slowly until the mud circulated from the bottom of the well has passed the liner hanger to try to ensure no plugging of the (liner hanger x 7" casing) annulus with cuttings. If losses (> 3 m / hour), spot 10 m of LCM (BARACARB 50/150/600) 250 kg/m. 2)- Set liner hanger (see BAKER procedure). INCIDENT : During the circulation after setting the liner hanger , a leak was observed between the plug dropping head and the TIW valve directly below .The string below the connection fell , breaking off the side entry sub thread complete with blanking cap as it travelled through the rotary table .[ see trip report ,and Baker report ] Lost time : 5 h 00 .
15

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Mix and pump: Example on F5 well


1 - 50 m of low rheology ( PV= 66 , YV = 9 Gel 10 = 10 /15 ) mud at 2.15 SG. 2 - 18 .8 m of Spacer 500E+ at 2.25 SG ahead of cement slurry. 3 - Slurry, formulation as per attached Halliburton Fax. The Volume required is as follows: volume to fill open hole annular volume + 30% excess on open hole + shoe track + 100 metres of 9 7/8 casing. Estimated volume: Annulus volume: 8.1 m3 Excess 30% or calliper volume: 2.4 m3 Overlap150 m: 1.9 m Shoe / FC: 2.4 m Excess above top liner 100 m: 3.8 m Total: 18.8 m at 2.3 SG (119 bbls)- SEE CALLIPER On F1: total slurry pumped -> 19.5 m, top of cement at 4778 m, cement found 85 metres higher than planned. On F2: total slurry pumped -> 20 m, top of cement at 4740 m, cement found 4 metres higherthanplanned. On F3: total slurry pumped -> 19.5 m, top of cement at 4906 m, hard cement 85 m above top of liner F4: total Slurry pumped -> 27 m, top of cement at 5095 m , hard cement 74 m above top of liner. On F5: total Slurry pumped -> 18.8 m, top of cement at 5013 m , hard cement 98 m above top of liner.

- No Freash water ( liquid phase coming from the additives ) - Add Halad 600 LE
- Add Silicalite 97 L - Add FDP-C533 and allow to hydrate for 30 min - Add SCR-100 L (liquid additive) - Add total Micromax (big bags & sacks) to the mixing water - Add of total Lafarge G + 35 % SSA - Add HR-25 L - Add remainder Lafarge G + 35% silica - Slurry weight should be 2.29 SG - Add Microbond HT When completed, take a sample of the slurry, measure the rheology & density and retain. Allow slurry to homogenise (+/- 30 min, with paddles and centrifuge pump) prior to pumping downhole .

4 - Release the pump down wiper dart.


16

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5 - Displace with (Halliburton unit) 12 m of Spacer-500E+ at 2.25 SG behind cement slurry (to place the spacer inside the drill pipe above the running tool). 6 - Displace with (Halliburton Unit) with 2.15 SG mud at 700 litres/min until dart is circa 1 m from latching into liner wiper plug and slow rate to 200 litres/min to pick up and shear out wiper plug. Increase rate to 300 litres/min to displace cement slurry in the liner, slowing to bump plug. F2: Reduce to 300 l/min on the last 5 m to limit ECD @ 2.25 SG (see cimentelf)

Displacement to be calculated with 9 .06 l/m for S135DP & 8.00 l/m for G120 DP ECD estimation before bump the plug: Surface pressure before Bump: CIMENTELF On F1: Surface pressure before Bump on the RIG: On F2: Surface pressure before Bump on the RIG : On F3: Surface pressure before Bump on the RIG : On F4: Surface pressure before Bump on the RIG : On F5: Surface pressure before Bump on the RIG : .26 EMW at TD (300 lit/min) +/- 68 bars (300 lit/min)

50 bars (low flow rate ) 55 bars ( low flow rate ) 68 bars ( 430li/min ) 66 bars ( 340lit/min ) 67 bars ( 300lit/min )

Bump plug to 150 bars and then pressure test Liner to 220 bars 7 - After bumping plug, hold pressure (10 min Max) and check float equipment is holding. POOH 4/5 stands and circulation the long way until clean returns monitoring for losses & gas . F1: GAS MAXI after First bottom up 12.2 % - 20 min . F2: GAS MAXI after First bottom up 1 % - 28 m spacer contaminated. F3: No gas, reduced flow from 1500 to 1200 lit/min after 1 m loss. Recovered spacer returns F4: Recovered 16.8 m of spacer contaminated with 11.5 m mud. F5: Recovered 22 m of spacer contaminated .

Reciprocate and rotate (to avoid gelling effect) whilst circulating conventionally to evacuate spacer and excess cement at 1200 /1500 l/min (depending on pressure). Dump contaminated returns (in a dedicate pit, keep a sample of slurry if any) and increase flow rate to 1500 l/min, maintain this flow rate for one bottom up. Treat mud for suspension. 8 - Gas Migration potential during setting time:

17

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

W.O.C for +/- 11 hours from start of pumping the slurry before POOH setting tool. Flow rate = 1400 l/min.Pressure = 170 bars. 9 - Timing: Mixing + Slurries Injection Displacement N 1 Circulation long way Safety factor Total Estimated : 300 min : 100 min : 60 min : 120 min : 8 hours 40 min Actual 240 min 150 min 90 min 8 hours

Notes: All samples of fluids should be 1 litre in size. Chloride content of Fresh water should be less than 1000 mg/litre. Record temperature of each fluid pumped in the well.

10 - Temperature Estimation:
Drilling 8 1/2 ( 1100 l/min)
BHST New API BHCT Hall.Enert. BHCT Enertech BHCT PWD BHCT bottom Rig Flow line

198C

177C

182 C

182C

172C forecast

53C

Static temperature at top of cement: 175C Bottom hole logging temperature on F5 : 1933 C at T.after 58 h 50 min ; Thickening Time: Tail Slurry: BHCT = 182 C $ 7 h 37 min + 3 hours surface mixing time Tail Slurry: Tail Slurry: BHCT = 187 C $ 5 h 58 min BHCT = 177 C $9 h 25 min at 175 C$ 4277 Psi after 16 hours

Compressive Strength

11 - Compatibility test between mud / spacer: 12 - Retarder sensitivity tests (see attachment) :
Sensitivity to retarder concentrations: + / - 5 %: Thickening time .

18

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Note: the setting time will be checked offshore with a rig consistometer to forecast the time. F1: Thickening time 9 hours 45 min on site at 16000 PSI and 182C F2: Thickening time 7 hours 40 min on site instead of 7 hours 26 min at 16000 PSIand182C F3: Excellent correlation on site versus laboratory. F4: Thickening time 8 hours 23 min on site instead of 8 hours 21 min at 15000 PSI and 182C F5: Thickening time 6 hours 10 min on site instead of 7 hours 37 min at 15000 PSI and 182C
** Slurry was kept 2 hours 30 min in the batch tank

19

EXPERIENCE Difference in Cement Thickening Time between lab test and Offshore tests . Advantages If the Thickening time of the slurry is suitable the cement job can be performed in its entirety without any risk of premature setting . To be more confident and especially with the complexity of the slurry recipe to check on site the T.Time by using a rig site consisto- meter . Few differences in the Thickening time were found between the lab tests onshore and the test done offshore using the same chemicals and additives . Experience To date we have ran 11 Liners under Extreme conditions : Slurry density = 2.30 SG .

Well Name Contractor

T.Time Lab.

T.Time on site

Depth

Liner Length

HALLIBURTON BHST = 198C 29/5B - F1 29/5B F2 29/5B F3 29/5B F4 29/5B F5 ** 29/4D - 4 DOWELL 22/30 C G4 22/30 C G5 22/30 C G6 22/30 C G7 22/30 C G8
BHCT = 182C 07 h 18 min 07 h 40 min 07 h 48 min 08 h 21 min 07 h 37 min 07 h 16 min BHST = 192C BHCT = 170C 20 h 00 min 09 h 02 min 10 h 47 min 11 h 26 min 08 h 10 min 09 h 45 min 07 h 26 min 07 h 26 min 08 h 23 min 06 h 10 min 07 h 34 min 5927 m 5787 m 5807 m 6453 m 5915 m 6050 m 960 m 935 m 815 m 1182 m 806 m 1025 m

20 h 30 min 08 h 13 min 10 h 45 min 08 h 25 min 08 h 50 min

5884 m 5672 m 5928 m 5724 m 6147 m

854 m 768 m 704 m 746 m 800 m

Note: ** on F5 the slurry was kept 2 hours 30 min in the batch tank due to a pressure leak at the cementing head .

HP / HT Section CEMENTING RECOMMENDATIONS

7 Liner. Shoe depth @ +/- 6100 m MD - Top @ +/-5000 m MD.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

PRODUCTION COLUMN DESIGN

Reservoir isolation Water production prevention

Liner lap cemented Shoe track cemented Good CBL

RESULTS / Remedial Actions ! Elgin: all drawdown test (-570 bars) with stable flow checks. ! Franklin: hard cement at top of liner. ! CBL showing good bonding in front of formations. ! Good mud displacement, and rare formation losses.

Determination

SLURRY WEIGHT Adjustment

To help mud displacement with cement, slurry must have a weight at least 5 points higher than the mud, and this weight must be compatible with the formation pressure to avoid any losses. In this section the mud weight is 2.15SG, so we generally use slurries at 2.30SG. Use Big-Bags and sacks of weighting agent (Hematite, Micromax) to adjust the Final density.

NO MAJOR PROBLEMS FOR MIXING.

T.T.Depends on the Bottom Hole Circulation Temperature and the pressure. BHCT estimated with several methods: - API table. - Enertech software. - Cemcade software.

SLURRY THICKENING TIME

These different methods give different results for the same BHST (ex: API: 168C, Enertech: 182C, Cemcade: 170C for BHST=198C). Check the Slurry Thickening Time at the highest temperature found. Control it at the other temperatures (including the circulating temperature estimated at the top of liner). Thickening time control on site with a Consistometer. Circulation with drill pipe above the cement to maintain ECD (circulation time: based on compressive strength at the top of liner) and avoid any gas influx. Have a right angle cement setting profile to avoid any influx during the cement transition period. Run tests with + / - 5% of retarder concentration and +/- 5C of temperature discrepancies.

! On site thickening times were in good agreement with the testing performed in the lab.
! Slurry displacements performed without problems. Generally good CBL.

Sensitivity Tests: - Temperature - Concentration Safety:

Good response

Adjust the TT to have the safety margin (+ 2 hours) for the cement Job . The quantity of retarder is significant so a special attention is necessary when preparing the mixing water.

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

Checked after 24 hours at the temperatures given by Enertech software at the top and the bottom of liner.

Wait until the cement is set at the top of liner.

Compressive Strength: 4500 psi after 13 hours at bottom conditions and 2900 psi after 20 hours at top of liner conditions.

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

RESULTS / Remedial Actions

FILTRATION

Fluid loss control

Gas block slurry design to have a tight Fluid loss and avoid dehydration in front of reservoirs. Need zero free water to avoid gas migration or settling In order to have steady and reliable characteristics, all the slurry will be prepared in surface (batch-tank) before being pumped. Quantity of water and additives must be carefully checked. Use pressurised balance to check slurry weight.

FREE WATER

Free water control

RELIABILITY

Slurry homogeneity

Slurry on the site in good agreement with lab-test.

Compatibility with SBM and Cement. Rheology under HP/HT conditions ( run Fann 70 ) Laminar Flow Design

Rheology .Sensitivity test with blends at: 5 / 10 / 20 / 50 / 75 / 100 % Check Rheology under High Temperature to avoid any settling . ( @ BHCT )

! ! !

SPACER
(Critical issue)

No channelling was reported. Good interface during reverse circulation No segregation of solids versus liquid phase (oil & water).

Slim margin between Pore Pressure and Fract. Gradient - Laminar flow is recommended. Dont Use Base oil for Spacer with compliant Surfactant Pump spacer behind Slurry, which will be placed inside the drill pipe above running tool after displacement. ! No problems during disconnection of setting tool

Emulsion design

Volume ahead / behind

REMINDER

USE A WATER BASED SYSTEM TREATED WITH SURFACTANT.


! Dowell: No tag of hard cement at the TOL. Halliburton: Tag hard cement for each cementing job.

SLURRY VOLUME

Excess + 30% calliper + 100 metres in 9 7/8

Increase the volume to get 100 metres above TOL + an excess of 30 % on Calliper

DISPLACEMENT

Volume Flow rate

Used cementing unit for slurry displacement Used CIMENTELF software to calculate: - ECD and maximum flow rate acceptable during the displacement. - TP and CDP factors (Cleaning and Laminar Displacement Efficiency factors)

! ! !

Better accuracy of displacement volume Losses during cement jobs were rare. Difficult to achieve a CDP > 5 (CDP>10 for a good displacement).

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS

RESULTS / Remedial Actions

Mixing Water

Special care for Additives mixing Follow Dowell and Halliburton Mixing procedure (and check chloride in water before any mixing). Addition of HT RETARDER done ONCE Liner Hanger is Set Need RIG Modification to install a pipe from Upper Deck to the Batch Tank ( Minimum size = 10 /12 Diameter ) ! ! Request 4 / 5 Hour to mix all Big Bags Reached 2.30 SG without any readjustment.

Retarder HT

Weighting Agent (Hematite or Micromax) in big-bags.

BATCH MIXING / ADDITIVES PREPARATION

Volume Mixing energy

Batch Tank Capacity = Minimum 150 BBLS. Mix water should not be kept longer than +/- 8 hours. Mix water can be kept for 24 hours but thickening time will be reduced by 1 hour . Temperature of the slurry > 30C Risk of evaporation of water during the recirculating of the slurry with an impact on the thickening time. Thickening Time checked with Mix Water aged 20 hours at room temperature

Efficiency / Yield after ageing

7 casing size typical ID 8.617 16.92 lit/m.

DISPLACEMENT VOLUME CALCULATION

ID of DP volumes Compressibility

Check Internal diameter with Micrometer recordings This check is crucial to achieve a good displacement of the slurry. Use 9.06 l/metre for S135 DP & 8.00 l/metre for G120DP Mud compressibility not to be added to the theoretical volume. Pumping DP volume + liner volume + mud compressibility + shoe track => Wet shoe Problem with CBL tool, risk of damage centraliser in hole. Recommendation must be issued before each log Tool calibration needed before each logs. Free pipe for the 7 under well conditions with Mud (SBM at 2.15 SG): DOWELL - 7 42.7 # CBL ( free pipe with mud ) = +/- 61 mV .TT = 290 sec. - Fluid Compensator Factor : 0.466 - Cement bond amplitude-Acoustic impedance with a 2.30sg slurry weighted with Hematite slurry is: 6.5 Mrayl HALLIBURTON - 7 42.7 # CBL ( free pipe with mud ) = +/- 61 mV .TT = 280 sec. - Cement bond amplitude - Acoustic impedance with a 2.30sg slurry weighted with manganese oxide slurry is 6.6 x 106 kg/m sec .

! !

Bump the plug : OK

Plug shearing OK, typically 100 to 150 bars. Test liner to 150 bars

CBL: Generally good results in open hole, bad results in over-lap, even when we drilled hard to very hard cement at the top of the liner. Shoe track: F3z Triassic well deepening, the 150 m shoe track was drill out. The first 40 m was cemented properly, ROP = 10 m/hr with WOB at 5 tons. The 110 m below was a poor cement, 20 to 40 m/hr with 2 to 5 ton WOB.

CEMENT EVALUATION

CBL/VDL Log

PARAMETERS

INDICATORS

RECOMMENDATIONS - ACTIONS TAKEN

Liner String Preparation

Fluid Design

Length of Overlap: 150 metres Length of LC/Shoe: 150 to 200 metres (mud film , dart failure , contamination) Centralization: 2 per /J on 6 first J. then 1 per / 2J Spiralglider ( OD 8 1/4 ) STT/1/SL ( OD 8.62 ) Mechanical Liner Hanger T I W or Baker Rabbit DP 5 + ID measurement on 7 Liner Spacer design : 2.25 SG Laminar flow design , Compatibility tests rheology at BHCT Stability of spacer after adding surfactant . Thin Mud : 2.15 SG with PV= 45 / YV = 10 - +/36 m pumped ahead spacer . Excess of slurry = 30 % on Calliper + 100 metres inside 9 7/8without DP in hole Consistometer on the location Chemicals checks according to the Lab. Test (Reference number) Flow meter with gauge to mix additives. Batch Tank mixing. Additives mixed during circulation at bottom without retarder. Addition of retarder once Liner Hanger set. Mixing cement slurry to 1.90 SG with slurry chief ( temp.= 19C ). Addition of Hematite with Big Bags (5 min per Bags), to 2.30 SG (temp. = 20 C) No recirculating pump (only paddles used). Check rheology / SG / Volume (run consistometre test). Pump 36 m of thin mud (2.15 SG). Pump 15 m of Spacer (2.25 SG). Pump 18 m of Slurry (2.30 SG). Pump 13 m of Spacer (2.25 SG) - Fill up liner + 150 m DP. Pump SBM mud for Displacement (2.15 SG). Check dart shearing / Bump plug at the theoretical volume. Pressure Test to 150 bars (10 min). POOH Slowly 4 Stands above TOL. Direct Circulation at low flow-rate (Dumped spacer / traces cement / spacer). Circulation long way twice based on the compressive strength at the top of liner.

CEMENTING PRACTICES

MIXING SEQUENCE

PUMPING SEQUENCE

29/5b FRANKLIN - 8 " OPEN HOLE / 7" LINER CEMENTATION


5 5/8" OH / 4 " liner 7 x 5 x 4 " liner

Well
date Top of cement Casing shoe Height BHST BHCT Type of slurry Theoritical slurry volume Excess Total slurry volume Weight of cement (G+S) Slurry weight Cement Lafarge G Silica flour Water Additives m % m ton sg % % type m m m C C

29/5b-F1
23/06/1998 4868 5926 1058 197 182 18.5 25 19.4 28 2.30 100 35 Fresh 50% Micromax

29/5b-F2
15/09/1998 4742 5785 1043 197 182 18.4 18 (caliper) 20 26 2.30 100 35 Fresh 50% Micromax

29/5b-F3
17/12/1998 4891 5806 915 198 182 16.6 30 (caliper) 19.5 26 2.30 100 35 Fresh 50% Micromax

29/5b-F3z
01/05/2000 5553 6253 700 204 195 6.3 50 7.7 13 2.30 100 40 Fresh 60% Micromax 130 lit Halad-600 LE 100 lit Silicalite-97 L 0.2% FDP-C533 75 lit SCR 500L 90 lit HR 25L 1.4% Component R 20 lit/ton CFR-3L 08:14 750 2700 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.15 BAKER wiper plug not sheared

29/5b-F4
17/04/1999 5169 6452 1283 198 182 22.3 30 27 36 2.30 100 35 Fresh 50% Micromax

29/5b-F5
24/09/1999 5009 5910 901 198 182 16.3 30 18.8 24.3 2.30 100 35 Fresh 50% Micromax

90 lit Halad-600 LE 90 lit Halad-600 LE 90 lit Halad-600 LE l/ton 100 lit Silicalite-97 L 100 lit Silicalite-97 L 100 lit Silicalite-97 L or % 0.1% FDP-C533 4.2% SCR 100 2.1% HR 25 4% Microbond Thickening time (70BC) Compressive strenght 12 hr Compressive strenght 24 hr Flow pattern Spacer Plug type Displacement type type sg hr:min PSI PSI 07:18 4074 4392 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.25 TIW dart and plug 0.2% FDP-C533 210 lit SCR 100L 105 lit HR 25L 4% Microbond 07:26 3024 4600 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.25 ENACO-TIW dart and plug 0.2% FDP-C533 210 lit SCR 100L 105 lit HR 25L 4% Microbond 07:25 3100 4640 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.25 BAKER dart and plug

90 lit Halad-600 LE 90 lit Halad-600 LE 100 lit Silicalite-97 L 100 lit Silicalite-97 L 0.2% FDP-C533 205 lit SCR 100L 122.5 lit HR 25L 4% Microbond 08:20 3200 3000 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.25 BAKER dart and plug 0.2% FDP-C533 205 lit SCR 100L 122.5 lit HR 25L 4% Microbond 07:37 4900 4600 laminar Spacer 500E+ 2.25 BAKER dart and plug

HALLIBURTON TEMPERATURE SIMULATION

Enertech Software .

Enectech Simulation for 7 Liner To determine BHCT for 7 Liner cementation the following parameters were assumed: 1) As mud pits are enclosed air temp 20C and wind speed 0 2) Slurry inlet temperature 19C 3) Spacer inlet temperature 20C

BHCT C 197 197 197 197 197

Mud inlet Temp.C 50 50 50 60 40

Displacement rate m/min 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Slurry rate m/min 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6

BHCT Enertec 178 179 179 180 178

Conclusion: If BHST is 197C then max expected BHCT is 180C. API 1992: 176C API 1990: 176C

Tests will be performed at 182C with additional Thickening Time tests at 172C and 192C

TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR 7" LINER


TEMPERATURE degC 0 0 1000 2000 DEPTH m 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Undisturbed Annulus Drill String 50 100 150 200 250

8 1/2" Temperature Prediction - 29/5B-F1


200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 Geol.BHST 190C 197C Extrapolated

Horner plot after 72 hours

195C

after 55 hours

after 56 hours

186.7C

187.8C

Temperature in C

120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

Logging

Logging

Enert. BHST BHCT predict. PWD Temp in C Temp outC Series7 Series8 Series9 Series10

0 4740 5153 5142 5153 5161 5167 5209 5247 5293 5419 5452 5544 5637 5663 5671 5671 5671 5723 5756 5765 5800 5840 5860 5900 5927 5927 5927

Depth MD

Page 1

Enectech Simulation for 7 Liner Well 29/4d-4 To determine BHCT for 7 Liner cementation the following parameters were assumed: 1) As mud pits are enclosed air temp 20C and wind speed 0 2) Slurry inlet temperature 19C 3) Spacer inlet temperature 20C

BHCT C 198 198 198 198 198 185 185 185

Mud inlet Temp.C 50 50 50 60 40 40 50 60

Displacement rate m/min 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.3 0.3

Slurry rate m/min 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3

BHCT Enertec 178 179 179 180 178 157 165 170

Conclusion: If BHST is 198C then max expected BHCT is 180C. API 1992: 167C If BHST is 185C then max expected BHCT is 170C. API 1992: 156C Tests will be performed at 182C and 170C.

8 1/2" Temperature Prediction - 29 / 4 D -4


210 200 190 180 170 160 150 140
Geol.BHST Enert. BHST BHCT predict. PWD Temp in C Logging after 59 hours T =195C

Temperature in C

130 120 110 100

Coring

Coring

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

Coring

Logging

Temp outC Series7 Series8 Series9 Series10

0 5191 5256 5315 5375 5424 5471 5508 5551 5598 5606 5624 5658 5685 5788 5824 5863 5982 5987 5992 5997 6002 6007 6012 6017 6022 6041

Depth MD

Page 1

DOWELL SCHLUMBERGER TEMPERATURE SIMULATION

Cemcade Software .

-------Results of Simulation------------------Temperature simulation API BHCT = 174 deg.C Simulated BHCT = 169 deg.C -Fluid N:6 Group:MU-Name:Thin Mud----Simulated MaxHCT = 171 deg.C Mud Type: Oil (Fresh/Sea/Oil) CT at TOC = 163 deg.C Solids : 39% Static Temp. 08:00 24:00 Geo. Temp Volume Fraction: Oil : 50% deg.C deg.C deg.C ----------------------------------------------------------Borttom Hole 184 192 195 op of cmt 163 167 169 Press <Do> to proceed -----------------------------------------------------Cumul Time---------Period------------Flow Rate-----------Inlet Temp----Volume Unit--hh:mn:ss hh:mn:ss l/min deg.C Hole volume Mud Circulation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------03:00:00 03:00:00 400 47 0.388 . . Slurry/Spacer Circulation --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------04:06:40 01:06:40 600 26.667 Thin Mud 04:31:40 00:25:00 600 26.667 MUDPUSH XEO 04:58:20 00:26:40 600 26.667 Tail slurry -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Static period after placement: 24:00:00 hh:mn:ss

TEMPERATG4 Chart 4

8 1/2" Temperature Prediction - 22/30 C-G4


210 200 190 180 170 160 150 140

Temperature in C

130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 4740

Geol.BHST Enert. BHST BHCT prediction PWD Temp in C Temp outC

5029

5118

5214

5332

5371

5412

5600

5657

5717

5740

5740

Depth TVD

Page 1

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

6.

5 5/8 SECTION (G4 + F3.z triassic ) Interval: 6050 m (MD) 7 shoe to 6400 m(MD) Pentland 2.10 SG EMW. 195C BHST at 5800m TVD BRT. 205C BHST at 6130m TVD BRT.

Max expected BHP: Expected temperature:

6.1

Purpose: Drill (and core) 5 5/8 hole through remainder of the Middle Jurassic (Pentland formation). The shoe will be set 50 TVD above the prognosed Bottom Pentland formation. Requirement is to cover reservoir(s) and ensure a good isolation between Franklin Sands and Pentland. Drilling procedure: Run in hole with 5 5/8 bit and tag the cement. Decrease the mud weight to 2.12 - Drill out the cement and 5 m in the formation. LOT: LOT expected 2.30 SG (limited to 2.40 SG EMW). Perform a cement squeeze at the 7 shoe if LOT is lower than 2.15 SG EMW. Drilling and coring to the TD. Run and cement at 4 1/2 liner.

6.2

6.3

Expected problems: For the 8 section .Control the mud-weight is however problematic, as a result of fluctuations of ECD (Equivalent Circulation Density), ESD (Equivalent Static Density) and the main problems is the narrow drilling window which in this phase should be larger than thermal expansion of the mud. Swabbing Loss/Gain problems Same others potential problems than in the 8 section.

6.4

Drilling fluids This phase will be drilled with the mud from the previous section lightened to 2.12 SG.

6.4.1

Typical composition of mud (see 8 1/2 section)

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

6.4.2

Typical mud characteristics

Weight PV YP YS Gels 0/10/30 Filtrate API Filtrate HP/HT E.S. Cl-(Water Phase Salinity) H/E Excess of Lime 6.4.3 Safety stocks Bulk material: Barite Cement G + Silica Flour Material in sacks or drums:

: 2.12 SG :ALAP, typically 40-55 CPo : 15-20 lbs/100ft : 8 - 20 lbs/100ft : 8/25/35 : 0 cc : < 5 cc : > 600 V : 225 g/l : 80/20 - 85/15 : > 1.5 to 2 g/l

: 150 t : 100 t

BARACARB 50/150 :3t/2t 3 Chemicals to mix 150 m of synthetic base mud Mud / Synthetic Base Oil: Kill mud 2.45 SG Base Oil Recommendations (see 8 1/2 section) : 50 m : 75 m

6.5

First Experience Gained on 22/30 C G4 Well

5 5/8 Section: Drilled from 5,884 metres to 6,103 metres ( 219 metres ) Mud System: XP-O7 Synthetic Base Mud.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

SUMMARY OF MUD PROPERTIES Programmed Range Mud Weight Funnel Viscosity Plastic Viscosity Yield Point Yield Stress Gel Strengths Filtrate API Filtrate HPHT Filtrate HPHT Electrical Stability Chlorides (WPS) Base fluid/ Water Excess of lime SG sec/ltr lbs/100 ft2 lbs/100 ft2 lbs/100 ft2 lbs/100 ft2 ml/30 min @ 190 C ml/30 min @200 C ml/30 min volts g/l (H/E) g/l 2.12 na ALAP = 40 to 55 15 to 20 8 to 20 8/25/35 0 < 6.0 na > 600 225 80/20 to 85/15 > 15 Properties during coring 2.06 69 47-52 10-19 5-7 8-24-30 0 4.0 3.8-4.0 >600 145-190 80/20 to 84/16 2.8-13.7 Properties after coring 2.06 80 58-60 15-26 5-7 11-26-33 0 3.0-4.0 550-600 146-195 80/20 to 83/17 2.0-11.5

SUMMARY OF MUD CONSUMPTION Distance drilled, metres Initial mud volume at start of interval, m3 Volume built including maintenance, m3 Volume at end of section, m3 Volume used on interval, m3 Volume left in hole (suspension mud) Consumption, m3/m Dilution (consumption less hole vol.), m3/m

219 609.5 177.7 242.1 69.5 197.7 0.317 0.303

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Objectives The objective of the section is to core and drill 5 5/8 hole through the remainder of the Middle Jurassic Pentland formation (which lies immediately under the Franklin sands). The goal is to take cores in the sandstone that is interbedded with siltstones and claystones for laboratory analysis. The total depth of the well is planned at fifty feet above the true vertical depth of the prognosed bottom of the Pentland formation. Depending on the results of the cores, the E-logs, etc. a decision will be made whether or not to run a liner for further tests of the formation. If a liner is run, it must cover the reservoir or reservoirs and ensure good isolation between the Franklin sands and the Pentland sands. Discussion. After the cementation of the 7 liner, the pipe was pulled above the calculated top of the cement and the hole circulated with 2.17 SG mud. The circulation of the mud was to provide an equivalent circulating density to the cement that was higher than the static pressure of the drilling fluid. The pipe was pulled from the hole and an 8 1/2 bit run in the hole to drill the cement in the 9 5/8 casing to the top of the liner. The drilling assembly took weight at approximately 4,956 metres, washed to 5,026 metres, and hard cement was drilled to the top of the liner at 5,035 metres. The weight of the mud was maintained at 2.17 SG while drilling the cement by the addition of pre-mix. Scrapers were included in the string when running the mill to clean out the polished bore receptacle. The mill was laid down and the ENACO isolation packer was run in the hole, set, and tests made as per programme. At this time forty seven cubic metres of pre-mix were prepared to reduce the density of the XP-O7 synthetic mud from 2.17 SG to 2.06 SG to drill the Pentland formation. The programme specified a 2.12 SG drilling fluid to drill the formation, but the programme was revised to the lower mud density. The pre-mix consisted of 10 m3 of XP-O7 Base fluid, Duratone HT at 24.1 kg/m3, EZ MUL 2F at 48.5 kg/m3, INVERMUL 2F at 16.2 kg/m3, Lime at 10.6 kg/m3, RM-63 at 4.0 kg/m3, and SUSPENTONE at 7.2 kg/m3. After diluting the active system with pre-mix, Baracarb 50 and Baracarb 150 was added to the system at 2.8 kg/m3 and 0.9 kg/m3 to restore the concentrations of bridging material in the mud. The concentrations of the emulsifiers EZ MUL 2F and INVERMUL 2F were increased to counteract the contamination of the mud by the spacer incorporated into the system during the trip into the liner. (Note: The contamination of the XP-O7 synthetic based mud by agents in the spacer meant that regular additions of GELTONE IV, SUSPENTONE, and RM-63 had to be made for rheology/suspension.) The 5 5/8 bit was run to 5,427 metres and washed to 5,690 metres, the plug and collar were drilled and cement drilled to 5,871 metres where the integrity of the liner was checked. The shoe was drilled, formation drilled from 5,884 metres to 5,890 metres and a formation integrity test (FIT) performed. The FIT yielded a 2.35 SG mud weight equivalent that was more than adequate for the expected formation pressures in the Pentland formation. One hundred seventy five cubic meters of reserve mud was diluted from 2.17 SG to 2.06 SG. Calcium chloride, Duratone HT, EZ MUL 2F, INVERMUL 2F, and Lime were added to the dilution to
4

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

maintain the concentrations of Calcium chloride at 39.0 kg/m3, Duratone HT at 69.0 kg/m3, EZ MUL 2F at 60.0 kg/m3, INVERMUL 2F at 25.0 kg/m3, and Lime at 92.0 kg/m3. Coring. At 5,890 metres the core barrel was run into the hole to cut core #6. The core jammed at 5,902 metres after cutting twelve metres of core. The coring assembly was pulled at this depth. Recovered 10.75 metres of core. Core #7 was cut from 5, 902 metres to 5,928 metres. Recovered 13.84 metres of core. Core #8 cut from 5,928 metres to 5,944 metres before the core jammed. XP-O7 was added to control the density at 2.06 SG and EZ MUL 2F added to increase the electrical stability from 503 volts to the programmed six hundred volts or more. The decrease in electrical stability, increase in water percentage, increase in plastic viscosity, etc. was caused by rain water getting into the system. The water was incorporated into the mud because the 3 1/2 pipe was pulled wet and in the absence of a functional mud bucket for this size of pipe it was necessary to take the run off into the drains from the entire surface area of the drill floor instead of the normal area of the bell nipple during a heavy rain shower. Recovered 3.57 metres of core. Cut core #9 from 5,944 metres to 5,950 metres. While circulating bottoms up, two drums of RM-63 and approximately 0.9 kg/m3 of SUSPENTONE was added for maintenance of the system. The addition of rheology modifier and suspension agent was made because the bottoms up weights after cores were consistently 0.04 SG higher than the 2.06 SG of the active mud. There was no indication of sag because the mud weight did not drop below 2.06 SG when circulating. Recovered 3.5 metres of core. Core #10 was cut from 5,950 metres to 5,965 metres. Before starting to core, 10 m3 of high viscosity mud (159 seconds/litre) was pumped ahead of dropping the ball. The purpose of the high viscosity mud was to try to fill the core barrel with thick mud to preclude the possibility of barite from settling out on top of the core. Before pulling out with core #10, twenty cubic meters of low filtrate mud (1.8 cc/30 minutes at 200 Celsius) was spotted on bottom. The purpose of the low filtrate mud was to reduce the possibility of filter cake build up in the open hole. Recovered 15 metres of core. When the core was removed from the well, the bottom portion of the corehead was found to be twisted off. A taper tap (spear) was used to try to engage the fish. During circulation of bottoms up after fishing, eight drums of EZ MUL 2F and six drums of INVERMUL 2F were added to the system. The emulsifiers were added because the well would be static during intermediate logging if the fish was not recovered. The bottom of the corehead was not retrieved and two E-log suites were run problem free. The Schlumberger wireline logs indicated good gauge hole and a bottom hole temperature of 193 Celsius was recorded.

Milling operations. A mill was run in the hole to mill the fish. The hole was conditioned for a possible cement plug and side-track operation with 3.44 kg/m3 Lime, 5.24 kg/m3 EZ MUL 2F, 2.62 kg/m3 INVERMUL 2F. The first mill run was substantially worn out when it was pulled. A quantity of cutters and identifiable corehead parts were recovered in the junk basket on the first run. A second mill was run to mill on any
5

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

remaining junk. Only minor wear was recorded on the mill with little recovery in the junk basket. Drilling operations were resumed after the second run with a PDC bit.

Mud weight. The original programme specified 2.12 SG density for the drilling fluid in this interval. The mud weight was revised to 2.06 SG based. Evaporation / mud cooler. The mud cooler was not required because of the low flowline temperatures. The maximum flowline temperature recorded was 47 Celsius. The temperatures are low because of two factors. Firstly, the low circulation rates mean that a small volume is being circulated through the area where the high bottom hole temperatures are extant. Secondly, the cooling effect of the mud passing through the riser which is in contact with 92 metres of cold sea water acting as a heat sink. Alkalinity. As in the previous interval, the constant addition of lime was required to maintain the alkalinity of the system. Levels of treatment were high and resulted in an increase to 58.32 kg/m3 of lime added over the section. To maintain the alkalinity, treatments while coring/drilling of 3.0 to 5.0 kg/m3 were required. Even these additions did not substantially improve the recorded alkalinity. Low levels of shear and long circulation times tend to make mud treatments less effective. Sag. Sag of barite was not detected in this interval of the well. A minimum of five kg/m3 of SUSPENTONE was maintained in the system at all times to help preclude the possibility of sag. When circulating bottoms up the mud weights from inside the cased hole were constant. The mud from the open hole section was heavier - typically 0.04 to 0.06 SG above the original mud weight. This change in mud weight was attributed to filtration to the hole. Given the amount of barite in the system the amount of filtrate that would have to be lost is very small, a loss of 2% would account for a change in the weight from 2.06 to 2.12 SG. Based on the volumes of heavy mud returned a filtrate loss of 1.0 m3 would account for the increase in the returning mud weights from the open hole. The 14 - 15 m3 of open hole volume was spread over about 50 m3 by the time it had travelled the 6 kilometres to surface. During the returns from the cased hole the mud weight was constant. The only variation being the change in weight with increasing temperature - at the reference temperature the weight was constant. The only change in the weight was from the open hole section and were in the ranges described above. The increase in weight did not appear to be time dependent as similar increases in the mud weight were seen after a short trip or after a trip following 6 days of no circulation during the logging program. This would indicate a high degree of stability in the mud system at the elevated temperatures recorded on this well. The highest bottom hole temperature recorded during the final phase of the logging programme was 203 degrees Centigrade (401 degrees Fahrenheit)

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Low Gravity Solids. The profile of the particle size distribution showed that low gravity solids were not a problem in this interval. Geology.

FORMATION Middle Jurassic: Pentland Formation Total depth

Predicted Top Actual Top TVD RTKB TVD RTKB TVD RTKB TVD RTKB m m m m 5,923 5,776 5,842 5,700 6,323 6,176 6,103 5,960

Formation related problems. No mud related problems were experienced while using Baroids XP-O7 mud system in this interval. The presence of water sensitive formations does not seem to be a problem because the formation was predominately sandstone with stringers of siltstone and claystone and coal. The siltstone and claystone stringers were adequately stabilised by the mud. Liner. No liner was run due to the absence of commercial hydrocarbons in the Pentland formation at this location. Following the logging programme the open hole section was plugged and abandoned. The Pentland formation was cemented up. Solids control. The primary solids control are the two BRANDT and five SWECO shakers. The BRANDTs were fitted with 10 mesh screens on the top deck and by 30 mesh screens on the bottom. Due to the small size of cuttings when coring, virtually no cuttings were removed by the BRANDT shakers. Three of the SWECO shakers were initially fitted with 185x185x120 mesh screens, and the remaining two SWECO shakers were fitted with 150x150x120 mesh screens. At the first opportunity after the mud sheared and heated up, two of the five SWECO shakers were shut down and kept on standby. Of the remaining three shakers, finer screens were put on shaker number four and number five. The set of 185x185x150 mesh screens on shaker four was replaced by 250x250x185 mesh screens. The set of 150x150x120 mesh screens on shaker five was replaced by 250x250x185 mesh screens.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

The Santa Fe ALFA LAVAL centrifuge was removed from the Galaxy I because it could not process the 2.17 SG XP-O7 from the 8 1/2 hole section to reduce it to 2.06 SG. The plan is for the centrifuge to be serviced before being returned for the next well.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Recommendations: 1.
TYPE OF MUD.

Type Used XP-O7 - synthetic based mud 2.


DENSITY.

Recommended XP-O7 - synthetic based mud

An initial density of 2.06 SG provided sufficient over balance to the formation pressure initially. There were no centrifuges to run when required in order to control the mud weight so that dilution was required to maintain the weight required. Density Used 2.06 SG at 50 C 3.
CONTINGENCY STOCKS.

Density Recommended 2.06 SG at 50 C

Barite, lost circulation material, and base fluid stocks should be reviewed with the Elf supervisor prior to starting each section. It is recommended to continue to keep these minimum contingency stocks for each future 5 5/8 section. Barite Starting Stock Minimum Contingency Stock 4.
RHEOLOGY.

LCM 17.6 MT 6 MT

341 MT 150 MT

Base Fluid 125 m3 75 m3

Yield points of 10 lb/100 ft2 gave adequate hole cleaning properties. A yield stress of 7 was adequate for the low hole angles in this section. No tight hole attributable to cuttings beds or poor hole cleaning was seen. Gel strengths were seen with flat 30 minute gels. Gels were typically 14/26/30 to 15/32/37. PV Used Recommended ALAP YP 10 to 15 Yield Stress 7 to 10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

5.

EMULSIFIERS and HPHT.

There was minimal evaporation rates in this section, water additions were not required to maintain the base fluid to water ratio (H/E).

Used Recommended

Primary Emulsifier EZ MUL 2F EZ MUL 2F HPHT, ml. 3.0 < 6.0 4.0 < 6.0

Electrical Stability > 600 Temperature deg C. 200 200 190 190

Used Recommended Used Recommended 6.


ALKALINITY.

Continue to use lime to maintain an adequate alkalinity. ARCOSOLV produces results that are typically three quarters to half that of Xylene / IPA solvents. Excess lime kg/m3. Used Recommended, engineers Recommended, program 7.
EVAPORATION.

5.0 to 10.0 2.0 to 3.0

No evaporation detected or recorded on this section. No water additions required because of water addition to the system during a trip during a down pour. 8.
BASE FLUID TO WATER RATIO AND WATER PHASE SALINITY.

The base fluid to water ratio was decreased whilst wet tripping with the drains lined up to return to the pits. The mud bucket has been modified for use on the 3.1/2 pipe so that it is no longer necessary to line up on the pits when wet tripping. The programmed water phase salinity was 250,000 mg/l chlorides. The actual salinity used was 175,000 - 190,000 mg/l chlorides. The hole was stable with the lower figure because the formation was primarily sandstone, claystone, and siltstone with occasional stringers of coal. Sandstone and coal are stable irregardless of the water phase salinity. The claystone and siltstone were stable as demonstrated by a hole that was in gauge on the caliper logs.

10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Base fluid/ Water ratio Used Recommended 9.


LOW GRAVITY SOLIDS.

80/20 to 84/ 16 80 / 20 to 85 / 15

Water Phase Salinity. mg/l Chlorides 145-190,00 225,000

Used, corrected Recommended 10.


SOLIDS CONTROL. Scalper Scalper

Low Gravity solids kg/m3. < 150 < 150

Used at start. Used at end. Recommended at start. Changing to :

12/30 12/30 12/30 12/30

12/30 12/30 12/30 12/30

No. 1 250 250 250 250

N0. 2 185 250 250 250

No. 3 185 185 185 250

No. 4 250 185 185 250

No. 5 150 325 185 325

The last screen, out of 3, was a 185 mesh screen on each of the main shakers. This is to minimise mud losses and to lower base fluid on cuttings figures. 11.
BASE FLUID ON CUTTINGS.

Interval average Well average

92.71 gm/kg 73.28 gm/kg

The low rates of penetration with coreheads produced fine cuttings resulting in a high arithmetical average for the Base Fluid On Cuttings. Data from QTEC. 12.
CEMENT DRILL OUT.

Drill out of cement. Use the XP-O7 mud to drill out the cement. 13.
KILL MUD USED.

Type & Weight Used XP-07, 50+m3 0.3 SG above mud weight, up to kill weight of 2.35 SG 14.
PIT MANAGEMENT.

Recommended XP-07, 50 m3 0.31 SG above mud weight at 50 C

Minor problems were encountered with the pits due to the large quantities of mud in the pits. These large quantities were maintained on site due to the possibility of losses in the Pentland. This reduced the flexibility of the pit system. For example, the slug pit was filled with pre-mix
11

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

to control the weight after a trip. Remaining premix had to put into a pit of mud so that a slug could be mixed during a trip. After the trip the slug pit was again used filled with pre-mix. 15
WELL SUSPENSION

On completion of the 5 5/8 hole abandonment programme 179 m3 (one hole volume) of XP07 @ 2.17 sg was conditioned with 6.09 kg/m3 GELTONE IV, 13.45 kg/m3 INVERMUL-2F, 13.90 kg/m3 Lime, 7.58 kg/m3 SUSPENTONE and 8.51 kg/m3 RM-63. This high viscosity temperature stable mud was displaced into the well above a bridge plug which had been set at 5,030 metres and after running a debris cap the well was left suspended for future production.

12

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

6.6

4 1/2 liner and cementing A 4 1/2 liner will be run and cemented to the liner hanger. Running the liner: Prior to run the liner, the gel strength and yield point must both be reduced, the yield point + 15 lb/100ft, and the 10 gel to < 23 to avoid excessive surge pressures when running in. Pilot tests will be completed by the mud engineer to determine the optimum treatment levels. Cementing job: The liner will be cemented with a gas tight slurry 2.30 SG. The slurry volume will be calculated according with the calliper volume + 20% and an excess corresponding at 100 metres of annulus volume (7liner x 3 1/2 DP). Slurry volume calculations (indicative, G4 Well ), 4 1/2 liner not set. 5 5/8 hole volume 5 5/8 x 4 1/2 annulus 7 x 4 1/2 annulus 7 x 3 1/2 DP annulus 4 1/2 inside volume 5 DP inside volume 3 1/2 DP inside volume Slurry volume Spacer volume Displacement 16.03 l/m 5.73 l/m 6.39 l/m 10.08 l/m 6.68 l/m 9.14 l/m 3.82 l/m 4 m3 10 m3 52 m3

Fluid designs. - spacer : Mud push WT DOWELL formulate spacer, 2.25 SG. Fresh water D144 D020 D143 D135 D031 F075N 385 l/m3 3 l/m3 8 kg/m3 3.9 kg/m3 10.6 l/m3 1676 kg/m3 47 l/m3

Defoamer Bentonite FLAC Temp. Stabilizer Barite Surfactant

13

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

! Tail slurry: gas tight 2.30 SG.

G cement (Dyckerhoff) D066 Drill water D144 D134 D135 D121 D161 D076 Remarks:

Silica Antifoam Gasblok Temp.Stabilizer Dispersant Retarder Hematite

350 kg/t 105 l/t 4.4 l/t 310 l/t 31 l/t 10 kg/t 160 l/t 840 kg/t

1. all the formulations are indicative, they must be confirmed by laboratory tests performed with samples coming from the rig before the cement jobs. 2. For an accurate displacement, the internal diameter of the casing must be measured on 10% random joints.

Cement slurry properties: Density Yield Thickening time Fluid loss Free water Compressive strength at BHCT 2.30 SG. 1231 l/ton. 8h00 < 50ml. < 0.1% >300 bar 48 h

14

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.

Mechanisms of Wellbore Instability in the Transition Zone

Operational Considerations Symptoms and Remedial Action


Foreword
The intention of this chapter is to present the experience get during the first development well drilled on ELGIN / FRANKLIN field with GALAXY 1 and MAGELLAN . This is done in order to make it available to the people in charge of such particular well , but also to generate discussion on this up to date topic within drilling people with similar experience . Reservoirs in the Upper Jurassic Franklin sands and the Middle Jurassic Pentland sands are hot { 200C } and deep { 5800 m}. The pressure gradient exhibits a marked increase below the Kimmeridge claystone with reservoir pressure of 1200 bars . These considerable drilling challenges are compounded by the small margin approximately 100 bars between fracture and pore pressure in the lowermost intervals . 7. 1 Well Instability :

Introduction : The Kimmeridge Clay + Heather which is a known hydrocarbon bearing source rock , exhibits a mode of behaviour when exposed to mud weights at or close to the fracture gradient variously described as Loss / Gain situation ; Ballooning ; Supercharging ; Thermal Effect or Plastic Shales . Essentially the effect is for partial mud losses to occur to the claystone during circulation /drilling followed by an apparent influx when the pumps are off .With the well shut in on an apparent gain preceded by losses , the annulus pressure recorded will be the difference between the static mud weight ( ESD ) and the dynamic friction losses ( ECD ) , i.e the additional back pressure applied to the formation while drilling . This type of behaviour could be described more graphically as well Instability . Rig Crews experience shows Well Instability can be the beginning of a process with HPHT well which can ultimately lead to a Well Control situation .The essential difficulty when faced with the loss / gain behaviour is the ability of rig crews to recognise and quantify the effect , thereby gaining the necessary confidence to drill ahead . Guidelines need to be prepared which lead the crew through a logical process of Flow checking , Shut in , Recording , Calculating , Venting and Circulating . ( see Attachment Flow charts decision ) Coupled with the loss / gain problems the increasing background gas levels experienced within the Kimmeridge which can be misinterpreted to indicate a balance or underbalance drilling conditions and lead to :

Unnecessary Increases in Mud Weight .

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7. 2

How to recognise a well instability?

The well is considered unstable when: 1. A flow check is unstable ( well flowing ) 2. No pressure readings are shown at the annulus pressure gauge or at the stand pipe pressure gauge 3. Free gas ( gas degassing at the bell nipple ) are shown at the bottoms up of the circulation or in dynamic conditions without affecting the mud parameters . 7. 3 Reasons for well instability:

Two main reasons can lead to a well instability. Firstly the pore pressure in the reservoir is locally higher than the hydrostatic pressure applied by the mud , but due to a low permeability formation , we are not in a kick situation : No pressure readings at surface. Secondly , the equivalent circulating density applied to the formation lead to seepage losses ( losses of filtrate and possibility of losses of small quantities of whole mud to the borehole ). Theses small losses are difficult to detect on surface , but will generate a small gain of fluid when the circulation is stopped . A kind of circulation through this formation can be conceive in dynamic conditions .( see drawing ) Manifestation of well instabilityHigh formation pressure : the flow check shows mud returns , with no signs of stability (steady flow). The circulation of the bottoms up will show high gas readings with a possibility free gas at surface. Gain and losses situation: ( known also as supercharging the formation ) the flow check shows mud returns, with a tendency of the flow check to decrease with time. Again the circulation of the bottoms up will show high gas readings with a possibility of free gas at surface, this is due to the large surface area of the mud in contact with the gas bearing formation. Both manifestations can be the same and trends are of a paramount importance to understand in which cases we can classify the instability. Here some of the parameters we need to focus on : Early detection of losses. Annulus pressure losses ( PWD ) and , or Hydraulic simulation (ECDELF or BAROID DFG). From the above manifestations it is difficult to conclude if the well was unstable due a compartmentalised high pressure zone , from a losse and gain situation or from a natural depletion due to a minor-supercharging generated in drilling conditions.( high ECDs )

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.4

GUIDE - LINES - EXPERIENCE

Nevertheless, all steps must be taken to avoid any supercharging of fluid to the formation , so to reduce the ECD. Maintain the ECD ; 5 points (0.05 sg) below the fracture pressure in any case Use of a lower mud weight to drill the upper part of the transition zone (2.15 sg mud weight at 50C similar to 22 / 30c-G5 well i.e ) Use of low plastic viscosity and a yield point as low as possible without impairing the suspension of the weighting material. Expand flow check at the top of sands until reaching the stability of the well . Bleed off process of Liquid and Mud influx with a maximum volume acceptable , repeat the operation until stability . Also, to better analyse an unstable well, it is recommended to increase the number of flow checks while drilling through the Kimmerigde and Heather formations to spot any high pressure zone at once. A compromise must be found between the Time Factor ( see experience on wells drilled with the new XP07 mud system ) , the rheology of the fluid , the back ground gas detected , the flow back volume acceptable and Drilling practices such as systematic extended flow checks before pulling out of the hole .

Pulling out of hole :


A long series of flowchecks , short trips between bottom hole and shoe and bottom up circulation had to be made before the whole drill string could be pulled out of the hole with the well stability judged satisfactory enough by the Elf and drilling contractors supervisory personnel . [ The details of these Flow charts are shown on a schematic in appedix ]

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.5

Matrix :

See attached a recap of the Indicators which are linked with a probably well instability .

8 1/2" Section - TRANSITION ZONE

Well Instability Analysis


22/30C -G4 22/30C -G5 22/30C -G6 29/5B - F1 29/5B - F2 29/5B - F3 22/30 C -G7

INDICATORS

Back ground Gas >= @ 5 to 6% Gas freeing at bell nipple - Gas Alarm on Free gas after Bottom up Intermediate Flow Check stable Duration of Connection Gas ( short ) Seepages Losses reported > 0.5 m/hour ECD >>or = @ 2.27 EMW Gas at the end of 12 1/4" phase-Caprock Trend of mud losses >> @ 100 litres / drilled meter Mud Weight @ 50C

No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes 2.17

No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No 2.15

Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No Yes 2.15

No Yes Yes No Yes No No Yes No 2.14

No No No Yes Yes No No Yes No 2.15 Yes No No No 2.15 Yes

No No No Yes Yes No No No No 2.15

INSTABILITY PROBLEMS

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Page 1

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.6

Strategy : A strategy has been decided before drilling through the transition zone [ see attachment ]

HT/HT Transition Zone on ELGIN STRATEGY


1 - Start drilling with SG=2.15 @ 50C 2 - Rheology => A.L.A.P with low gels (Gels 0/10/30 = 28/30/35) + Bridging agent 3 - One connection gas by stand 4 - Three Flow-Checks (base C.K, Kimm., Heather) - 1 hour or (5 to 10 bbls of mud flowback) - Note: well does not have to be stable to resume drilling. 5 - Flow rate = 1500 l/min, ROP controlled to 5 m/hour 6 - Gas monitoring with respect to G4 7 - HP/HT procedures according to JDM

HP/HT TRANSITION ZONE 22/30c - G4 well (example)


LEGEND POTENTIAL EXPLANATION PORE PRESSURE SUPERCHARGING PERCOLATION / DIFFUSION Liquid - Condensate CONTAMINATION OVER-PRESSURE / SUPERCHARGE SAGGING EFFECT BALLOONING THERMAL EFFECT

PARAMETERS PP = 2.10 SG Mud Weight = 2.17 @ 50C ECD @ 1500 L/MIN = 2.26 SG ESD = 2.18 SG Rheology: PV/YP > 45/17

KIMMERIDGE CLAY

FRANKLIN SANDS

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.6.2

HP / HT Tripping Procedures :

LOSSES/GAIN WHILE DRILLING HP/HT SECTION


DRILLING

Consider reducing : flow rate, RPM, mud weight, rheologie

Dynamic losses while drilling

Flow check : well flow ? Yes No Monitor well on trip tank. Has well flowed > 800 l (5 bbls) ? Yes Shut in well Record pressure

No

See losses while drilling

Compare with trends/volume lost since last stability situation

Review situation No Supercharging suspected ? Yes No Bleed off 800 l (5 bbls). Well flow continues ? Yes Shut in well. Record pressure

Follow well control procedure

Pressure < previous Yes Circulate bottoms up No Flow check : well flow ?

No

Yes

DRDE9435.PPT

LOSSES WHILE TRIPPING


Flow Check

Losses < 130 l/min (0.8 bbls/min) Yes RIH to last casing shoe or stay in same level in OH No

Consult Aberdeen operation

Observe while circulating

Losses < 65 l/min (0.4 bbls/min) No Spot LCM pill

Yes

RIH to bottom

Losses < 65 l/min (0.4 bbls/min) No Consider options with Aberdeen operation

Yes

Cement plug and squeeze

Wash to bottom

Follow losses/gain while drilling


DRDE9435.PPT

HP/HT PROCEDURE WELL FLOWING


Operation

Drilling

Tripping

Out of hole

Raise kelly cock above RT

Install open kelly cock

Close B/S

Stop pump and RPM Yes Close annular

Weight > 25 KLBS No Close PR above tool joint

Analyse situation

Close annular Open choke line

Open choke line Record time and pressure

Install and test Top drive

Close Kelly cock

Equalise pressure and open kelly cock

Install and test kick assembly Equalise pressure and open kelly cock

Observe pressure

Analyse situation

Analyse situation

Case 1 (JDM)

Stripping

Case 2 (JDM))

Bullheading

Case 3 (JDM)
DRDE9435.PPT

Off bottom kill

LOSSES WHILE DRILLING

Flow check

Static losses Yes Reservoir pressure known Yes No Reduce mud weight until optimal

No Adjust flow rate, RPM and parameters, etc. ... Observe while circulating No

Cure losses with LCM

Losses < 35 l/min (0.2 bbls/min) Yes Yes

Observe while circulating

Losses < 35 l/min (0.2 bbls/min) No Consider option with Aberdeen operation

Cement plug

Drill plug

Losses < 35 l/min (0.2 bbls/min) No Consider option with Aberdeen operation

Yes

Liner

Continue operation with action to avoid further losses

DRDE9435.PPT

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7. 7
7. 7. 1

Fluid Simulator :

ECDELF Software

Drilling Fluid Properties :

Conventional calculations of downhole pressure, which assume constant drilling fluid properties , are both practical for day to day use and accurate enough for routine wells. Downhole static pressures are easy to to calculate from mud weight measured at surface , while aditional pressures due to circulation can be calculated using established relationships between pump rate and drilling fluid rheological properties . However , mud properties do vary with downhole pressure and temperature , affecting the accuracy of both surface measurements and downhole estimations of mud weight and viscosity . In HPHT wells these variations can be significant because of the limited safety margins existing . 7 . 7. 2 Computing Downhole Fluid Pressure :

Instead of using EMW and ECD when calculating pressure in HPHT wells , it is more accurate to consider static , dynamic and cuttings pressures as components of the total downhole fluid pressure . Static Pressure : Static pressure is computed by integration of hydrostatic pressures at each depth .To achieve this , pressure volume- temperature ( PVT) analysis is usually performed on the mud or the base oil . Many base fluids used for oil- base muds have high compressibility compared with water based muds. By starting at the surface where the pressure and temperature are known , the local density of the fluid can be computed. The predicted hydrostatic pressure and temperature permit the density at the next deeper level in the well to be computed .At the wellsite , the measured mud weight is used as the starting point , increasing the accuracy of the initial conditions . With PVT data , static pressure at each depth can be computed with ECDELF software . Dynamic pressure : The dynamic pressure term is more comprehensive compare to the concept of ECD . It can account for annular pressure losses due to moving fluids , pipe velocity ( swab & surge ) and initial pressure from string acceleration when tripping and excess pressure required to break thixotropic gels . Predicting the dynamic contribution to the total pressure requires accurate modeling of the mud rheology . Depending on the fluid , the mud engineer selects an appropriate rheological model on the basis of fitting a curve to data from HPHT viscometer tests ( FANN 70 ). Alternatively , the mud properties may conform to established relationships , such as Bingham plastic mode or an empirical power law model with parameters chosen to represent the specific mud behaviour . Modeling software such as the ECDELF program incorporating the algorithms for computing dynamic pressure. The advantage of these (over more complex models) is that the rheology parameters derived from them can be easily compared to wellsite measurements made using viscometer readings.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Total Pressure : The total pressure is the sum of static , dynamic and cuttings pressure . Expressing the downhole pressure in this general form covers all phases of the operations . The total pressure can be balanced between the lowest safe static pressure and the highest acceptable circulating pressure by achieving a compatible balance of the different terms . The ability to compare actual behaviour to ECDELF sotfware and the PWD measurements at the wellsite is of great benefit in accurately predicting ECD s. In practice the ECDELF program routinely achieves average differences of less than 4 % between predicted and measured standpipe pressure . 7.8 Field Results - Conclusions :

No drilling related problems occurred during the ten HP/HT sections . Stable mud system , detailed drilling program, correct execution on field and depth determination of the 9 7/8 casing shoe are fundamental. The following main conclusions and recommendations about fluid engineering and management in HPHT wells derived from the experience obtained . 1. An accurate hydraulic program coupled with a temperature simulator is a critical tool . 2. A methodology is required to accurately predict both a Constant hydrostatic overbalance when the well temperature profile is the geothermal gradient, and also a minimum acceptable hydrostatic overbalance in transient or steady state temperature conditions . 3. Once the minimum overbalance is determined , the standard temperature for surface mud weight must be defined . { 50 C } Thereafter the mud weight is maintained within a matrix which references the standard temperature. 4. Field execution involves rigorous execution of procedures for evaluating mud characteristics , measuring mud weight , breaking circulation and tripping . 5. The rig crew should be briefed by the fluid engineers on procedures that differ from previously accepted practice and the role that they have to play in management of the Bottom Hole pressure . 6. The mud temperature must be reported with any mud weight measurement . 7. Due to the reduced hydrostatic overbalance , particular care must be exercised immediately after stopping circulation .Any operations which have the effect of reducing the bottom hole mud pressure must be carried out carefully . 8. The difference between the equivalent circulating density ( ECD ) while breaking circulation and ECD during normal circulation should be understood . 9. Pump rate should be optimized , and a maximum set refined on an on-going basis . 10. Any mud degradation must be anticipated before a long static period ( logging , tripping etc..) see Recommendation practices in HPHT . 11. Continuity of key personnel is also important with a good communication . Attachment : Measured ESD and ECD versus predicted are presented in this document . A recap per well has been done for each HP HT section .

Bottom hole pressure gradients on 22/30 C - G6 @ 5929 m


Based on 2.16 sg mud, PV / YP=69 / 22 - to be updated according to new mud properties
2.400 2.380 2.360 2.340 2.320 2.300

Fracturing pressure

2.39 sg

Circulat. / Drilling

Tripping

Static period

Supercharging ?
2.280

ECDELF swab PWD


4 min / STD 2.240

surge

ESD

3 min / STD

2.260

2.220 2.200 2.180 2.160

ESD

900 LPM 65 RPM

900 LPM 95 RPM

900 LPM 120 RPM

2.20

ESD 2.1 82

920 LPM 85 RPM

2.182

1100 LPM 85 RPM

1100 LPM 98 RPM

2.1

2.16 (mud density @ 50C)


2.140 2.120 2.100 2.080

2.16 SG

2.15

Reservoir pore pressure

2.10sg

Elgin Well 22/30C G6 - 8 1/2" drilling section 13/07/2000

ELGIN 22/30c-G7 Hydraulics analysis 8" hole


Report n Date Depth Depth Hole TVD angle m m 5128 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 23/09/1998 24/09/1998 25/09/1998 26/09/1998 27/09/1998 28/09/1998 29/09/1998 30/09/1998 01/10/1998 02/10/1998 03/10/1998 04/10/1998 05/10/1998 06/10/1998 07/10/1998 08/10/1998 5142 5142 5165 5259 5357 5463 5622 5724 5724 5724 5724 5724 5724 5724 5724 5724 5040 5058 5058 5081 5175 5273 5379 5538 5640 5640 5640 5640 5640 5640 5640 5640 5640 1150 1100 20 30 190 190 10 10 6 x 12 6 x 12 10 10 68 65 49 47 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 120 120 120 120 120 125 174 171 172 168 169 181 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 x 12 6 x 12 6 x 12 6 x 12 6 x 12 6 x 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 65 65 65 65 65 65 47 47 47 47 47 47 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 50 2.15 2.15 54 152 40 49 48 50 51 51 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 45 51 50 52 53 52 153 1500 80 248 9 2 x 20 9 89 64 2.15 46 2.15 51 145 51 50 53 53 53 53 61 65 70 70 70 76 71 70 15 17 15 17 16 16 21 23 22 22 22 24 20 21 12 12 12 14 13 15 15 17 16 16 16 17 12 13 2.09 2.171 2.243 2.241 2.167 2.165 2.164 2.166 2.166 2.167 2.167 2.167 2.167 2.228 2.230 2.230 2.232 2.232 2.249 2.229 2.167 2.241 2.231 Flow rate lpm RPM Pump press bars Bit n Jets BHA n Ann vel Ann vel Mud DC DP Wt in m/min m/min sg Temp Mud Temp in Wt out out C sg C Temp MWD C PV cPo rheology Pore YP 0 gel press bs/100ftbs/100ft EMW ESD ELF EMW ESD PWD EMW ECD ELF EMW ECD PWD EMW FIT press EMW 2.35 Hidra " " Kimmeridge Heather Franklin C sand Franklin B sand Franklin A sand Formation comments

Equivalent Circulating Density on 22/30 C - G7


8 1/2" Section
2.36 2.34 2.32 2.3 2.28 Pore pressure Supercharging ECD ELF

Fracture gradient 2.35EMW

Equivalent mud weight

2.26

PWD

Supercharging area 2.25 EMW ?


Franklin C@ 5463 m Pentland @ 5700m Heather @ 5357 m Kim. @ 5259 m

2.24 2.22 2.2

MW@50C ESD Series7 Series8 Series9 Series10

2.18 2.16 2.14 2.12 2.1

Pore Pressure 2.09 EMW


2.08 5142 5143 5165 5259 5357 5463 5622 5640 5724 5724

Depth MD

Page 1

Sheet2 Chart 1

2.450

Bottom hole pressure gradient trends at 5530 metres, 5035 m TVD Well unstability with 2.15sg mud.
Frac pressure

2.400

2.350

2.300

Supercharging pressure
2.250 2.235 2.22 1500 LPM 130 RPM 2.205 1500 LPM 60 RPM 800 LPM 0 RPM

Valhall pore pressure one z


2.20 POOH 5 min/std 800 LPM

2.200 2.16 ESD 2.150

2.135

2.100

2.050

Franklin sands pore pressure


2.000

Page 1

POOH 1 min/std

- 03/02/99

2.450

Frac pressure
2.400

2.350

Supercharging pressure
2.287 2.300 2.274 2.279 2.283 1200 LPM 60 RPM 1200 LPM 90 RPM 2.26 2.245 2.225 POOH 1 min/std 800 LPM 2.291

2.250 2.225 ESD

800 LPM

1000 LPM

1200 LPM

2.200

2.150

2.100

2.050

Franklin sands pore pressure

2.000

ESD

Valhall pore pressure one?? z

Spot 420 m at 2.45sg

FRANKLIN 29/5b-F1 Hydraulics analysis 8" hole


Report n 67 69 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 71 72 73 74 80 83 84 85 86 87 92 95 96 99 100 102 105 106 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 Total Date Depth m 5138 5138 5138 5138 5140 5142 5143 5153 5161 5167 5209 5247 5293 5357 5418 5419 5452 5544 5637 5663 5677.5 5701.0 5701.5 5707.0 5710.8 5718.0 5723.0 5756.0 5756.0 5765.0 5765 5765 5770 5820 5879 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 5927 Depth TVD RT 5016 5016 5016 5016 5018 5020 5021 5031 5037 5043 5087 5125 5171 5235 5294 5295 5329 5422 5514 5540 5555 5578 5579 5585 5589 5595 5600 5632 5632 5641 5641 5641 5647 5697 5756 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 5804 Hole angle 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 Flow RPM Pump Bit rate press n lpm bars 1500 100 300 10 RIH @ 4479 m at 2.75 min/STD RIH @ 5118 m at 2 min/STD 900 20 150 11 1000 50 155 11 1000 100 175 11 1100 15 183 11 1000 105 180 11 1100 105 202 11 1100 108 202 11 1100 110 196 11 1127 140 191 11 1120 139 194 11 1100 98 210 11 915 100 149 12 1090 101 195 13 1115 100 181 13 1100 100 180 13 1100 130 193 13 1100 129 210 13 900 120 155 12R1 920 130 146 14 900 130 148 14 900 120 155 14 900 120 155 14 1030 80/120 180 14R2 1040 120 206 15 1100 140 233 15 16 1000 130 198 16 16 17 1155 142 240 17 1120 141 240 17 1155 140 233 17 1170 140 231 17 Jets BHA n 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 21 Ann vel DC m/min 99 59 66 66 72 66 72 72 72 74 74 72 68 72 73 72 72 72 59 61 59 59 59 68 68 72 66 76 74 76 77 Ann vel DP m/min 64 38 43 43 47 43 47 47 47 48 48 47 39 47 48 47 47 47 38 39 38 38 38 44 44 47 43 49 48 49 50 Mud Wt in sg 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.14 2.14 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 Temp in C 53 24 26 35 38 39 42 44 45 46 46 46 46 47 38 35 44 48 49 50 37 37 40 40 40 45 42 53 43 41 51 53 56 Mud Wt out sg 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.15 2.15 2.14 2.13 2.14 2.14 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.14 2.14 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15 Temp out C 56 18 19 32 39 41 44 46 48 49 50 49 52 52 46 39 49 52 55 56 40 40 44 45 45 50 47 59 44 43 56 56 60 164 171 Temp PWD C 153 157 139 144 146 146 146 150 150 152 154 Temp BHST C PV cPo 70 70 67 67 67 67 67 67 62 62 54 54 50 52 53 53 50 62 62 63 60 61 61 63 64 69 71 67 64 63 65 67 66 66 64 65 rheology YP 0 gel lbs/100ft lbs/100ft 33 18 33 18 26 10 26 10 26 10 26 10 26 10 26 10 21 10 21 12 22 10 21 13 21 12 18 11 17 10 18 12 16 14 18 14 19 12 19 10 18 10 18 9 18 9 19 12 20 14 19 12 18 13 20 13 20 13 19 12 19 12 20 13 20 15 18 14 21 14 19 13 Pore press EMW ESD ELF EMW 2.153 2.211 2.229 2.168 2.162 2.160 2.158 2.157 2.155 2.154 2.154 2.155 2.153 2.164 2.166 2.166 2.158 2.155 2.167 2.163 2.173 2.173 2.171 2.170 2.170 2.167 2.171 2.162 2.170 2.170 2.173 2.163 2.162 2.162 ESD PWD EMW 2.19 2.20 2.162 2.162 2.162 2.165 2.170 n/a 2.17 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.15 n/a n/a n/a ECD ELF EMW 2.253 2.242 2.242 2.246 2.237 2.243 2.242 2.240 2.236 2.233 2.231 2.237 2.226 2.235 2.216 2.216 2.238 2.240 2.245 2.254 2.251 2.251 2.228 2.226 2.234 2.228 2.233 2.233 2.247 2.236 2.236 2.245 ECD PWD EMW FIT press EMW 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 Formation comments

26/04/1998 28/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 29/04/1998 30/04/1998 01/05/1998 02/05/1998 03/05/1998 09/05/1998 12/05/1998 13/05/1998 14/05/1998 15/05/1998 16/05/1998 21/05/1998 24/05/1998 25/05/1998 28/05/1998 29/05/1998 31/05/1998 03/06/1998 04/06/1998 06/06/1998 07/06/1998 08/06/1998 09/06/1998 10/06/1998 11/06/1998 12/06/1998 13/06/1998 14/06/1998 15/06/1998 16/06/1998 17/06/1998 18/06/1998 19/06/1998 20/06/1998 21/06/1998 22/06/1998 23/06/1998 24/06/1998

3 x 20 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 2x16 2x18 TFA 0.75 4x10+4x12 4x10+4x12 4x10+4x12 4x10+4x12 4x10+4x12 0.76in 0.76in 0.76in 0.76in 0.76in 0.76in 4 x 13 4 x 13 0.76in 0.76in 0.76in 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14

157 158 162 165 167

158 159 161 163 167 170 170 171 177 182 183

2.16 2.18 2.16 2.14 2.13 2.11 2.11 2.06 2.07 2.04

3.1 3.1

163

2.200 2.223 2.230 2.220 2.235 2.240 2.237 2.237 2.227 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.197 2.210 2.223 2.223 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.240

Sola Heather Franklin C

Franklin A Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland Pentland

2.04 2.03 2.03 1.98 1.97 n/a n/a n/a n/a 2.166 2.25 2.24 n/a n/a 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33

190 195 198 195 197

1150

50

177

17R

4 x 14

22

76

49

2.15

40

2.15

42

70

26

2.17

2.244

2.33

MEASURED AND CALCULATED ANNULAR PRESSURE

2.340

2.320

BHCT @ MWD : 164C


2.300

Temperature out : 43C

2.280

2.260

Supercharging ??
PWD ECDELF

2.240

2.220

2.180

2.173

ESD
2.173

2.200

2.160

2.140

2.120

Franklin Well 29/5B-F1 8 1/2" drilling section 09/07/2000

ESD

Equivalent Circulating Density on 29/5B - F1


8 1/2" Section
2.32

Fracture gradient 2.33EMW

2.3 Supercharging 2.28 ECD ELF

Supercharging area ?
2.26

Pore pressure PWD ESD with MDT 2.172 @ 5876 m MD

Equivalent mud weight

2.24

Seepages Losses 200l/hour

MW@50C ESD Series7 Series8 Series9 Series10

2.22

Franklin C@ 5293 m

2.2

2.18

2.16

2.14

2.12

Pore Pressure 2.13 EMW

2.1 5140 5143 5161 5167 5209 5247 5293 5357 5418 5452 5544 5637 5677 5701 5701 5707 5710 5718 5723 5756 5770 5840 5850 5860 5900 5937

Pentland @ 5637m

Heather @ 5209 m

Sola @ 5167 m

Depth MD

Page 1

Hydrau Chart 1

29/2b-F2 - 8 - Pressure

Pore Press. - MDT ESD - ECDELF ECD - ECDELF

Hydrau Chart 1

Pore Press. - MDT ESD - ECDELF ECD - ECDELF LOT

Pore Press.well design ECD - PWD LOT Mud weight at 50C

Equivalent Circulating Density on 29/4D - 4


8 1/2" Section
2.39 2.37 2.35 2.33 2.31 2.29 Supercharging ECD ELF

Fracture gradient 2.40EMW

Core #3/4/5-flow=1000l/min

Seepages Losses 1 bbl / hour

Pore pressure PWD

Equivalent mud weight

2.27

Kimmer @5430 m

Core #1-flow=750l/min

Heather @5473 m

Fulmar @5591 m

Supercharging area !

MW@50C ESD Series7 Series8 Series9 Series10

Core #2-flow=1000l/min

2.25 2.23

2.19 2.17 2.15 2.13 2.11 2.09 2.07

Sola @ 5271m

2.21

Valhall @ 5330m

Pore Pressure 2.06 EMW


Depth MD

2.05 5175 5256 5315 5375 5424 5471 5508 5550 5598 5606 5613 5658 5712 5824 5863 5943 5982 6024 6028 6032 6036 6040 6044 6041

Page 1

Drilling

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7 .10

8 Section P.W.D Interpretation :

Foreword: A massive data base of valuable information were recorded on this run. The PWD memory gauge gave the same information than the real time ECDs data. In addition static densities and surge & swab were recorded. While we drilled from 5284 to 5687 metres MD, real time data were pulsed from top to 5654 m (92 % of metrage). 100% of the run was recorded on a memory gauge. 7.10.1 SURGE and SWAB PRESSURE
Sur & Sw ab Pr ge essur e
0.12

0.1 PWD surge ECDELF surge PWD Swab ECDELF swab PWD Pump out 200 lit/min

0.08

0.06

0.04 EMW

0.02

0 0 -0.02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-0.04

-0.06

-0.08 M i st n/ and

Swab pressure are totally in accordance with the ECDELF simulation: Swab versus Tripping speed. Note this pressures are calculated or recorded at the bit. Therefor, only part of the this negative pulses are transmitted to the bottom of the hole. Surge pressure are within one point of density

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7.10.2.

EQUIVALENT STATIC DENSITIES


Equi entSt i densi i val atc tes

2.21 PWD recorded ECEDELF PWD on line 2.19

2.17 ESD (sg) 2.15 2.13 2.11 5200

5300

5400

5500 M easur dept ed h

5600

5700

5800

The ESD predicted by ECDELF are 0.01sg.higher than the recorded PWD measurements. The temperature modelling on ECDELF must be improved to better match the recorded data. This is now possible with the recorded temperature while pulling out of the hole. The average ECD showed an ESD at 2.155sg, when the dispersion of data showed the difficulties to maintan a 2.15sg at 50C in the pit, mud weight IN varying from 2.14 to 2.165sg. The information was used to reinforce the communication between the MWD engineers, loggers and rig crew on the necessity to maintain a specific and accurate mud weight. PWD on line data are difficult to pick up by the engineer and must be used with care.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7 .10.3

EQUIVALENTCIRCULATING DENSITIES :

2.24

2.23 80 rpm

80 rpm 60 rpm

2.22 PWD ECD increase ECDELF 2.21 80 rpm 80 rpm 40 rpm

2.2

2.19

2.18 0 200 400 600 Fl rat (pm ) ow e l 800 1000 1200 1400

The values of the PWD are in line with the ECDELF at the flow rate of interest 900 to 1200 lit/min. The heating regime of the well must reach a stable phase, before ECDELF is fully accurate. For this graph, the temperatures were adjusted to obtain the same static densities, so flow rate and RPM are the only parameters. The software predict too high values at low flow rate, certainly due to the difficulties to measure the rheology accurately in the laboratory at low shear rate. This is not of a great concern in our wells, as this flow rate will develop low ECDs in the well.

10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7 .10.4

TEMPERATURE :
29/ F5 -8 5bTem per ur at e

200 PWD recorded POOH BHST

150 Temperature (

100

50

0 0 1000 2000 3000 M easur dept ed h 4000 5000 6000

Maximum BHCT: 167C at 5687 m RKB while drilling, this temperature increased to 171C after 2 hours of flow check.

11

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

7 .10 . 5

LEAK-OFF TEST
PW D l eakof t f est

2.32

2.3

2.28

2.26

EMW sg

2.24

2.22

2.2

2.18

2.16

2.14 26/08/99 01:12

26/08/99 01:19

26/08/99 01:26

26/08/99 01:33

26/08/99 01:40

26/08/99 01:48

The values of the leak-off test reflects the surface data.with a static density at 2.162sg, maximum at 2.306sg (Leak-off), and a stabilized value at 2.282sg. All the pressure is transmitted trough the mud.

12

Pressure While Drilling data and software.


1. Conclusions
The annulus pressure losses are of a paramount importance in the 8 section where the pore and the

fracturing pressure converge. The PWD tool, measuring the Equivalent Circulating and Static Densities (ECD and ESD) is a precious guide to define the flow rate to drill the high pressure zone. Unfortunately, the tool stop working soon after we started drilling. The coverage is only 12% of the metrage drilled in the 8 section, which is detrimental to the success of the whole operations. It is important to keep using the PWD tool to measure the annulus pressure losses, because many hidden parameters can be detected from this tool, i. e. gelation of the drilling fluid, annulus blockage, barite sagging, that will adversely affect the ECD. SOFTWARE: ECDELF and BAROID DFG were able to forecast the ECD within 0.01sg (1 point of density) at the nominal flow rate but became inaccurate at higher flow rates and when the pipe rotation was on. Here is some of the lessons learned while drilling the first appraisal well , followed by a typical example of the use of the PWD. 1.1 Equivalent Circulating Densities Be aware of high ECD when restarting the circulation after a round trip, with additional pressure losses in the annulus ( + 0.02 / 0.03 sg ) due to: heavy mud used to slug the drill pipe while pulling out of the hole,. a viscous and gelled mud due to lower temperature in the well plus heat degradation of the mud products at the bottom of the well, a higher mud weight due to overall decrease in temperature in the well, the sagging or the settling of barite in the lower part of the well. Therefor a special care must be taken when resuming the circulation after a round trip and depending on the extent of the above manifestations, flow rate must be adjusted. Pit levels and flow out are the keys parameters. For a rule of thumb, flow rate had to be decreased by 30% or rotation left at 20 RPM until the first bottom up was out of the hole. Rotation: The rotation of the pipes induces a turbulent component in the flow leading to an higher annulus pressure losses. With a rule of thumb of: 0.01sg for 60 RPM, 0.02sg for 120 RPM, 0.03sg for 180 RPM. Equivalent Circulating Densities measured (PWD) must be compared to ECDELF and BAROID DFG simulations to clarify the validity of the software. 1.2 Surge and Swab Running In the Hole at a controlled speed (1.5 min per stand or below) induces a surge with an equivalent mud weight of 2.25sg.

Pumping out of the hole: the flow rate (250 lit/min when POOH at 5 minutes/stand) applied a pressure that compensates the swabbing effect of the removal of the drill pipes. A too high flow rate is not necessary. Pulling out of the hole: the swab pressure are controlled with very low to ultra low speed of pipes motion. The decrease in pressure brings the hydrostatic to a level which is still very comfortable in front of the reservoir. Nevertheless, the unknown pore pressure of the transition zone (higher pressure?) must be treated differently. Software like ENERTECH WFSURGE can help in defining the optimum tripping speed. The impact in time savings is forecast to be above 24 hours per well.
1.3

PWD utilisation

SPERRY-SUN must improve the reliability of the tool, which is functioning for a too short period of time while drilling the high pressure, high temperature zone (only 12% of the metrage drilled). See table here below. Drilling bit SMITH M 37 P HYCALOG DS56JNV HYCALOG DS56JNV rerun TOTAL Metrage from to 5183 to 5523 m 5555 to 5560 m 5692 to 5884 m 537 m drilled PWD data from to 5183 to 5185 m 5555 to 5560 m. 5692 to 5750 m 65 m of data Coverage 1% 100 % 30 % 12 % coverage

2. PWD run 03/09/97 to 05/09/97

1.1 ECD while drilling 03/09/97 22:30 Circulation at 5533 metres of 25 m3 heavy mud 2.31sg at 50C. Flow RPM MW in Temp In BH temp ESD ECD lit/min sg at 50C C C sg sg 800 30 2.19 30 168 2.225 2.29maxi The maximum of the Equivalent circulating density was recorded when circulating with : a cold mud (higher mud weight and higher rheology) circulating out the 25 m of heavy mud spotted to control a well instability.

04/09/97 02:00 Heavy mud out of the hole Flow RPM MW in Temp In BH temp ESD ECD lit/min sg at 50C C C sg sg 800 20 2.19 44 140 2.205 2.245 As soon as the heavy mud was out of the hole the ECD decrease rapidly, and the flow rate can be adjusted to higher values. 04/09/97 02:30 Drill out core, circulate bottom up Flow RPM MW in Temp In lit/min sg at 50C C 1000 80 2.19 43 1000 120 2.19 43

BH temp C 147 152

ESD sg 2.205 2.205

ECD sg 2.27 2.27

1000 20 2.19 46 150 2.21 2.25 The annulus pressure losses are greatly affected by the rotation of the drill pipes (refer to David Bertin report). The ECD increases circa 1 point of density (0.01sg) per 60 RPM

04/09/97 02:30 Circulate bottom up at 5050 m. Flow RPM MW in Temp In BH temp ESD lit/min sg at 50C C C sg 1000 0 2.19 35 143 2.205 1100 0 2.19 43 142 2.205 1200 0 2.19 44 141 2.205 1300 0 2.19 45 140 2.205 The above values were compared to the ECDELF and BAROID software.

ECD sg 2.245 2.255 2.263 2.27

EC D PW D ver sus si ul i m atons


2.32 y = 8E-05x + 2.1681 2.3 2.28 2.26 2.24 2.22 2.2 400

ECDELF and BAROID DFG software still need developments. In this particular example, ECD values are corrected at 1000 to 1200 litre/minute, but at lower flow rate, the ECD simulations are too high and at higher flow rate the ECD simulation are too low which can be dangerous when applied to the well: start of a losses and gain instability. After theses measurements, the flow rate was kept at 1000 lit /min until reaching the end of the section. This low flow rate in 8 section proved to be adequate for both cleaning the hole and cooling down the core barrel or the PDC bit and had no adverse effect on the performance of the drilling bits.

900

1400

2.1 Surge pressures 03/09/97 Running in the hole, shoe at 5179 metres. Depth Tripping speed Flow surge press. ESD at depth ESD at shoe m min/stand lit/min sg sg sg 2740 uncontrolled 0 + 0.13 2.34 2.28 4500 2 0 + 0.02 2.23 2.23 5020 1.5 0 + 0.04 2.25 2.25 5200 3 0 + 0.03 2.24 2.24 5400 5 0 + 0.02 2.25 2.25* * 25 m3 heavy mud 2.31 sg at 50C on bottom. All measurement are showing that we are far from the fracturing pressure at 2.31sg, specially when we are controlling the descent of the pipes inside the hole.

2.2 Swab pressures 04/09/97 POOH Depth m 5200 4700 3400 Tripping speed min/stand 5 5 3 Flow lit/min 250 0 0 swab press. sg 0.00 - 0.02 - 0.035 ESD at depth sg 2.21 2.19 2.175 ESD at shoe sg 2.21 2.19 2.19

All theses measurements are again showing that we are far from the equivalent pore pressure at 2.09sg (EMW at RKB) maximum measured. The ultra low speed to pull out of the hole could be increased slightly without impairing the well stability.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

8. 8.1

COMPLETION - Non - Perforated Well : Purpose

The main aim is to safely and successfully run a completion string into the well which can subsenquently be used as an ELGIN/FRANKLIN gas condensate producer . The following procedure described the preparation to turn the well over kill mud to inhibited fresh water . 8.2 Well Clean up Procedure :

Prior to running the clean-up string a mud conditioning trip will be carried out. Inflow Testing General One of the key areas associated with using an underbalanced annular fluid, is the well integrity. It is therefore of paramount importance that the integrity of the well be fully proven prior to running the completion string in a 1 SG annular fluid. The following areas are key: Good cement job on the liners Casing / liner pressure tests are good Cement bond logs have been made and show a good cement job Inflow test to the full underbalance of 1 SG fluid.

The only true representation of the well integrity test will be when the final clean up circulation has been made and the well bore has been fully displaced to 1 SG water. This represents the final hydrostatic that will be left in the well. Therefore the primary method for the well integrity check will be to run the clean up string as described below. One of the major benefits is that there will be pipe on bottom at all times during the inflow test hence the well can be better controlled in the event of any influx. This string design will also be enhanced with the following: A pressure/ temperature measurement tool will be run ( PWD tool ). Use of a Multi - Function circulating tool. A float will be run above the circulating tool. Sub run for a drop in check valve. The well will be monitored until the bottom hole temperature returns to the original undisturbed temperature prior to pulling the string.

During the well clean up/ inflow test the following points need to be carefully noted and addressed: The fresh water used in the well bore will be underbalanced to the reservoir by 575 bars.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

The clean up string will be left on bottom after the final circulation has been made, until the well temperature returns to the un-disturbed BHT prior to pulling the string out of the hole. ( 1 SG fluid in the well bore ) Pressure and temperature PWD tool will be run to confirm the bottom hole conditions. The BOP and well head cavities will be jetted to ensure all traces of mud solids are removed. The rig choke and kill lines and the rig choke and kill manifolds will have to be fully flushed in order to ensure that the no mud contamination takes place with the 1 SG fluid.

Displacement to Completion fluid To displace the heavy XP07 mud ( 2.12 SG ) to freshwater it will be necessary to displace initially to an intermediate XP 07 mud of 1.60 SG due to pump pressure limitations. The first 50 bbls of the lighter mud should be viscosified to minimise any channelling. Once the well is stabilised with the 1.60 SG mud it will then be displaced to seawater by pumping a sequence of pills ahead of the seawater to ensure the well is cleaned up as efficiently as possible in the minimum amount of circulating time. The well will then be turned over to the inhibited fresh water completion fluid. Objectives 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Displace the XP07 based mud of the well with a minimal interface. Change the wettability of all downhole surfaces from XP07 wet to water wet. Prevent the discharge of mud and/or contaminated water to the environment. Minimise the requirement for backloading oily water for onshore disposal. Remove pipe scale, solids, mud solids and other contaminants from the wellbore.

Initial Rig Preparation All rig pits, ditches and lines should be cleaned using degreasing solvents and detergents. They should be rinsed out and squeezed dry. If it is practical, lines should be opened to check for any mud solids that might have settled in them. All the pits, sandtraps and under the shale shakers should be cleaned out and washed down using high pressure cleaning equipment. All fluid transfer lines should be circulated to remove compacted mud from bends and fittings. In the pit room, all gratings should be cleaned, all the lights and beams should be washed down. The success of the well clean-up will be influenced by the cleanliness of the surface equipment. It is therefore, important to ensure that the pits and surface lines have been thoroughly cleaned. Below is a list for the mud engineer and derrickman. To ensure cleanliness of these items after normal pit cleaning a sweep of 200 bbls seawater containing four drums of Detergent should be circulated throughout the above system and any other areas / equipment where completion fluids will be stored as fast as is possible.
2

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

All dump valves should have the seals and valve seats checked to ensure that they are in good order. They should be greased to ensure a good seal and if possible be manually guided and checked when being closed to ensure a perfect fit. All ditch gates should be sealed with silicon on each side of the gate. This will need to be replaced if the gate is opened. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD BARITE, BENTONITE OR POLYMER BE USED TO SEAL ANYTHING. All pump packing should be examined and if necessary replaced. Any suspect packing is best replaced ahead of time. Packing should be lubricated with grease. Water can all too easily leak into the system and can obscure brine leaks. Packing should be lubricated on a regular basis to ensure minimal losses. The clean-up fluids will be most effective if pumped in turbulent flow. An MFCT (Multi-functional circulating tool) is included in the string and positioned above the top of the 7 liner. Consideration should be given to functioning the BOPs after displacing the XP07 mud to clean out the cavities if practicable. 8.1 1 Mud Conditioning :

Barriers in place : Tubing Liner Kill Weight Fluid ( SBM ) BOP Annulus Liner Kill Weight Fluid ( SBM) BOP

1. Make up Bottom Hole Assembly and run in hole on 3-1/2 WT-31 drill pipe. BHA to be based on 1 PDC 5 5/8 + 1 Bit sub 4 3/8 + 2 Drill Collars 4 3/8 + 1 jar 4 + 2 Drill Collars + x Drill Pipe 3 + 1 Crossover + 1 Drill Pipe HW 5 + 1 DHCV + Drill Pipe HW 5+ Drill pipe 5. 2. Run in hole with 5 Drill Pipe to top of liner packer. 3. Slowly enter liner and run in hole to 5830 m. 4. Circulate and condition mud until mud properties are acceptable .The treatment consists to add premix mud to reduce rheology and Gels .( SG = 2.12 , PV = 45 / 50 , YV = 20 / 25 , Gels = 18 / 25 / 35 5. Pull out of hole with mud conditioning string. 6. Clean-up and displace to Completion fluid 7 Make up Bottom Hole Assembly and run in hole. Clean up string to be based on 1 PDC 5 5/8 + 1 Bit sub 4 3/8 + x Drill Pipe 3 + 1 Crossover + 1 MFCT tool + 1 9 7/8 SPS Eliminator +
3

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

1 float collar + x Drill Pipe 5 + 1 PWD tool + x Drill Pipe 5 + 1 DHCV + 1 10 3/4 SPS Eliminator + Drill Pipe 5 to surface. 8 9 Run in with the clean out assembly and position circulating valve above the top of the 7 liner top. Circulate the well to an intermediate weighted mud system. The first 20 m3 of 1.60 SG mud should be viscosified to prevent channelling. Circulating rates will be determined by pump pressure limitations. As the light mud reaches the bit the highest mud weight differential will be seen (- 225 bars ). When the light mud passes into the 9 7/8 casing the circulating sub should be opened (set down weight on liner top to open the circulating tool) and the circulating rate increased to a maximum of 1000 / 1200 ltrs/min dependent on pump pressure limitations.

10 Inflow test the well. Activate the PWD tool periodically to gain a true indication as to the bottom hole responses 11 Make a final circulation and monitor for any abnormal returns. When the 1.60 SG mud has been circulated around and the well is stable a series of pills, will be circulated ahead of the seawater. Before any of the pills are pumped the circulating system to be used should be checked and cleaned as necessary. As the first pill reaches the bit the pressure differential will be at the maximum, in the region of - 575 bars in hydrostatic alone. When the tail of the last pill passes into the 9 7/8 casing the circulating sub should be opened (set down weight on liner top to open the circulating tool) and the rate increased to a maximum of xx ltrs/min dependent on pressure limitations. It is important to ensure turbulent flow is induced for a successful clean up. See Pill formulation & procedure - Attachment n1 . Displace with seawater at maximum rate with reciprocation and occasional rotation. NTU and PPM readings should be taken during the displacement. Once NTU and PPM readings are acceptable, stop pumping and inflow test the well. Activate the PWD tool periodically to gain a true indication as to the bottom hole responses Make a final circulation and monitor for any abnormal returns. Displace the seawater with the inhibited fresh water completion fluid. Inflow test the well. Activate the PWD tool periodically to gain a true indication as to the bottom hole responses. Make a final circulation and monitor for any abnormal returns. Pull out of hole with the clean up string carefully monitoring hole volumes.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Well Technical data - Attachment 1 1. Well data and Casing string :

1 . 1 Well Data : Liner 7 42.5 # set at 5883 m MD , top liner Packer at 5038 m MD BRT . Bridge Plug at 5830 m Depth : 6103 m MD BHST = 197 CPressure = 1162 Bars ( 2.05 EMW ) at TBA top sand A. 1 . 2 Casing : Interval ( m RKB ) 3512 m 5038 m 5830 m Burst ( Bar ) 1296 1021 1347 Collapse ( Bar ) 1337 890 1402 Drift () 8.5 8.5 5.625 ID () 8.74 8.58 5.78

10 HWST 1 - P110 110.2# 9 7/8 VAM Top - Q125 66.9# 7 Liner VAM Top 25% Cr 42.7#

String composition Tubing - Drill pipe 3 1/2" 15.8# Hydril PH6 31/2"17.05 Hydril 24,410 psi 25,180 psi 470,000 lbs 2.315in 2.440 in 4.563 in 2.440 in ft.lbs ft.lbs

N/A 27/8" New10.40 # S135 29716 psi 29747 psi 386,000 lbs 2.151in body 1.5 in 3.125 in 2.151 in 2.36 l/m ft.lbs 6000 ft.lbs

Collapse resistance 22,330 psi Min. Burst 22,610 psi resistance Tensile capacity 430,000 lbs Drift 2.423in ID coupling 2.548 in ODcouplings 4.500 in Body ID 2.548 in Capacity Optimum make-up ft.lbs torque Maximum make-up torque ft.lbs Torsional Yield = 10400 ft.lbs

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2 - Well Bore Clean -up programme : 2 . 1 . Purpose : To displace the heavy SBM mud ( XP07 ) in the hole with chemicals washers + Inhibited Drill Water 2 . 2 . Overview of Objectives : The displacement recommendations are designed to achieve the following objectives : a ) remove mud , mud solids , rust and others contaminants from the wellbore . b) perform an inflow test under water . c ) clean the well before running the DST string . There are differents objectives that must be met to obtain a successful casing cleaning operation . First , one must choose wash pills that have good mud dissolving properties . Secondly , the velocity of the washing/displacing fluids are of vital importance , this means that the cleaning efficiency of the wash pills are a function of the velocity ; higher velocity , better cleaning . Third , reciprocating the drill pipe during the displacing and cleaning operation will reduce the possibility of mud settling on the drill pipe and casing at the lower side of the well . 2. 3 . Check List for casing cleaning operations : This check list contains a brief description of the design parameters that the casing cleaning procedures are based upon . Mud properties : ( at the suspension ) Mud Type : Density : Plastic Viscosity : Yield point : Gels : % solids : SBM ( XP07 ) mud . 2.17 (SG) 87 @ 50C 43 @ 50 C 39 / 70 36 %.

Hydraulic considerations : Its a critical issue . An optimum flow rate is required to ensure a turbulent flow for each spacer in the annulus . But , the maximum flow rate is limited by the maximum allowable pressure losses supplied by the rig pumps . Then ,the displacement of the SBM ( 2.12 SG ) will be facilitated by circulating an intermediate SBM with 1.60 SG in the hole .Once the well is stabilised with 1.60 SG mud it
6

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

will be displaced to fresh water by pumping a sequence of pills ahead of the water to ensure the well is cleaned up as efficiently . Circulation to be performed with well closed in and returns taken through a wide open choke . A SPP schedule will be followed as per well control . Hydraulic calculations are not completed , the present table is to give the range of pressure and the limitation at TD .

TD = 5830 m - TVD = 5688 m Pore pressure ( 2.05 EMW ) Hydrostatic pressure with Mud or Water Differential pressure / Pore pressure U-tube effect to displace the fluid P-additional to U-tube effect to displace the fluid

Mud 2.17SG 1165 bars 1222 bars + 57 bars N/A

Mud 1.60 SG 1165 bars 949 bars - 216 bars + 273 bars +/- 200 bars at 400 l/min

Water 1.00 SG 1165 bars 568 bars - 597 bars + 381 bars +/- 160 bars at 900 l/min

Pipe movement : Reciprocating and Rotation ( 20 RPM ) .. Use of Rig pumps will be limited to the maximum pressure allowable and the final displacement will be done with Halliburton cementing pump. 2 . 4 Displacement Procedure : Once the well has been displaced to 1.60 SG mud with an acceptable flow check . 2.4.1 Flushing of surface equipment : ( Key of success during clean up )

Prior to start casing cleaning operation , ensure that all mud pumps ( suction lines ) , relevant circulating lines , stand pipe manifold , RISER and mud return system ( degasser , trip tank , flow line , gumbo box and mud ditch ) are completely clear of mud by using seawater with drilling Detergent / Washers or high pressure water guns as required Typical Cleaning Procedure for BOP area : Wellhead / BOP / Riser : Run wash tool into the wellhead / BOP / Riser to +/- 60 m . Run Well patroller 2 stands below wash tool. Drain BOP and riser prior jetting BOP cavities and wellhead with freash water / Baraclean ( rig wash ). Jet BOPs and riser . Pull back until rams are across the drillpipe and function pipe rams twice . Do not function shear rams .
7

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Run in hole and jet BOPs and riser . Run +/- 60 m and displace to filtered fresh water . Pull wash tool assembly out of hole . Check Well patroller for debris . Condition the Mud ( at 195C BHST )

2.4.2

The Intermediate drilling mud will be conditioned after displacing. When circulation will be established , adjust mud rheology to be sure to remove and disperse solids from the casing wall , tanks , and drill pipe into the mud . - Tubing string downhole . - Establish circulation while reciprocating the tubing . Circulate the drilling mud through available solids control equipment to remove large contaminants . - Reduce the PV and YP to minimum acceptable levels .( See Fann70 prediction ) 2 . 4 .3 Displacement Objectives :

Hydraulic parameters will be adjusted after simulations with final rheology and tubing string configuration . Spacer should cover a minimum of 200 m in the annulus at its widest diameter , and must be more viscous than the drilling mud . Chemical Washers , provide chemical cleaning action in combination with mechanical scraping action , contain surfactants or solvents to remove inorganic contaminants . Pumping Sequence No 1 and SAFETY A - Pump XP07 fluid pill - 8 m ( 0.77 SG) B - Displace mud by pumping a High Viscous sweep ( 25 m3 ) , using XC Polymer as a primary viscosifier + 10 % of RX-03 Flocculant ( SG = 1.30 ) C - Pump Sea Water in the well STOP ONCE the Sea water is return to the surface SAFETY : - At this Stage after the first bottom up with drill water a WELL OBSERVATION MUST BE DONE .Duration 6 hours Note :During this time the Rig installation will be cleaned ,( clean up preparation logistic , supply boat ) A close monitoring of volume pit ( Trip tank ) levels is required . - In case of any doubt on pit volume , flowing back etc ,the situation must be evaluated . The Rig pump + the Dowell Unit must be ready to pump kill mud.

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Pumping Sequence No2 - SAFETY A - Displace Sea water by pumping a High Viscous sweep ( 25 m3 or 157 bbl ) , using viscosifier ( SG = 1.05 ) + 10 % of RX-03 B - Pump Chemical washers : Final Clean up at maxi Flow rate ( 1200 /1500 l/min ) MFCT in closed Position ( allowing flow into liner ) B1 - Sea water + 6% of RX-16/1or RX-6BD Water wetting detergent ( 15/20 m ) B2 - Sea water + 3% of RX-03 (5 m3 ) Flocculant B3 - Sea Water pill ( 20 m3 ) B4 - Sea water + 6% of RX-16/1 or RX 6BD Water wetting detergent ( 30 m ) B5 - Sea water + 3% of RX-03 ( 30 m3 ) Operate MFCT to allow flow into 9 7/8 casing C - Sea water until the well is clean DO NOT STOP ONCE SPACERS ARE IN THE WELL .( segregation in the well ) SAFETY : - At this Stage after the first bottom up with Sea water a WELL OBSERVATION MUST BE DONE . A close monitoring of volume pit levels is required .{ HORNER Plot } - In case of any doubt on pit volume , flowing back etc , the situation must be evaluated . The Rig pump + the Dowell Unit must be ready to pump kill mud. After this flow check if levels are stable , the wellbore will be displaced with 1,00 SG drill water treated with ! 1.4 kg/m BARASCAV L ( Ammonium Bisulphite ) ! + 1 kg/m of Biocide until clean return . ! + 3 to 5 kgs/ m of Baracor 450 corrosion inhibitor . ! + 5 kgs/ m of Sodium Bicarbonate ( galvanic coupling ). 3. Inflow test :

A special care should be taken during this Inflow Test ( see SHELL Experience on Commander well ) Duration for the final Flow check . { HORNER Plot } Temperature Effect ( see Enertech simulation ) The cementing unit shall be used for the well killing

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

4.

Chemicals Preparation :

Due to the logistic problems and the large volume involved during this operation a special effort must be done to reduce the Pollution to the sea . 4.1 Filtration Unit : POD unit with filters - Specification NTU = < 30 / 35 - Solids particules < 0.03% 5. Recommended safety stock

Bulk material - Dykerhoff G +S - Baryte Material in sacks or drums : - Baracarb ( Fine & Medium ) 10 tons - CaCL2 brine 100 m - Drilling Detergent 1600 liters ( Rig Wash ) - LCM ( Fine/Medium ) 10 tons - Biocide 500 liters - Baracor 450 200 liters - Ammonium Bisulphite 500 Kgs - Sodium Bicarbonate 500 Kgs - All chemicals necessary to built 100 m of SBM . - Roamex Chemicals RX-03 - RX - 16/1 06 BD ( 100 % of back up volume ) Cement Additives for squeeze of cement . 6. Balance Volume and Chemicals : : 209 m : 136.8 m : 49.26 m 300 m @ 2.15 SG 150 m @ 1.60 SG 750 m ( stock on board ) 50 tons 250 tons .

Hole Volume Annulus String Active Mud and Kill Mud Intermediate Mud or CaCl2/CaBr2 brine Drill Water 7. Environment Rig cleanliness .

In order to keep the working environment on the rig clean and safe , it will be useful to use a rig detergent with a steam cleaner or high pressure water cleaner. Chemicals allowed to be discharged to the sea : Check MSDS for each chemicals . All the contaminated spacer or water must be recovered in a dedicated pit and send to shore .
10

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

8.3

Inflow Test Horner Plot :


The horner plot technique can be used as a confirmation that we are in a steady state system i.e. the inflow is only being caused by thermal expansion . The use of the Horner Plot is based on a reservoir analysis build up technique where the pressure is plotted against horner time Ln ( T +dt ) / dt and the straight line portion of the plotted points indicates when we are in a steady state phase ( reservoir effects only ) with the extrapolation of the line tending towards initial reservoir pressure . In our specific case we can treat the well as a reservoir and modify this technique such that we are plotting flowrate against horner time , with the straight line portion indicating a steady state condition . Added to this is that extrapolation of the line should trend to zero , thus indicating that only thermal expansion is taking place within the well . Using this plot will give us a fairly quick indication that no abnormal effects are occuring and it will also give us a high degree of confidence in our inflow test . The flowing time T that should be used is : The cumulative volume flowed during the final circulation The average pump rate during the final circulation .

See Example attached .

11

inflow~3.xls

Well : 22/30c-G4
Date : 30/12/98

Liner lap inflow test Production Casing displaced to 1.00 SG drill. water Start time : 11:00 T= 1120 mins

Time (min) Flow (ml/min) Flow (USG/hr) Cum. Total (bbls) Ln((dT+T)/dT) Flow (l/min) 20 7500 118.9 0.23589 4.0431 7.5 40 6666 105.7 0.44556 3.3673 6.7 60 6666 105.7 0.65522 2.9789 6.7 80 6000 95.1 0.84393 2.7081 6.0 100 5000 79.3 1.00120 2.5014 5.0 120 5000 79.3 1.15846 2.3354 5.0 140 4615 73.2 1.30361 2.1972 4.6 160 4615 73.2 1.44876 2.0794 4.6 180 4286 67.9 1.58357 1.9772 4.3 200 4286 67.9 1.71837 1.8871 4.3 220 3750 59.4 1.83632 1.8068 3.8 240 3750 59.4 1.95427 1.7346 3.8 260 3333 52.8 2.05910 1.6692 3.3 280 3333 52.8 2.16393 1.6094 3.3 300 3333 52.8 2.26876 1.5546 3.3 320 3158 50.1 2.36809 1.5041 3.2 340 3158 50.1 2.46742 1.4572 3.2 360 3000 47.6 2.56177 1.4137 3.0 380 2875 45.6 2.65220 1.3730 2.9 400 2727 43.2 2.73797 1.3350 2.7 420 2500 39.6 2.81660 1.2993 2.5 440 2400 38.0 2.89209 1.2657 2.4 460 2308 36.6 2.96468 1.2340 2.3 480 2222 35.2 3.03457 1.2040 2.2 500 2143 34.0 3.10197 1.1756 2.1 520 2069 32.8 3.16704 1.1486 2.1 540 1818 28.8 3.22422 1.1230 1.8 560 1935 30.7 3.28509 1.0986 1.9 580 1818 28.8 3.34227 1.0754 1.8 600 1875 29.7 3.40124 1.0531 1.9 620 1818 28.8 3.45842 1.0319 1.8 640 1818 28.8 3.51560 1.0116 1.8 660 1765 28.0 3.57111 0.9921 1.8 680 1667 26.4 3.62355 0.9734 1.7 700 1538 24.4 3.67192 0.9555 1.5 720 1538 24.4 3.72029 0.9383 1.5 740 1463 23.2 3.76631 0.9217 1.5 760 1463 23.2 3.81232 0.9057 1.5 780 1429 22.7 3.85727 0.8903 1.4 800 1429 22.7 3.90221 0.8755 1.4 820 1333 21.1 3.94414 0.8611 1.3 840 1333 21.1 3.98607 0.8473 1.3 860 1224 19.4 4.02456 0.8339 1.2 880 1250 19.8 4.06388 0.8210 1.3 900 1224 19.4 4.10238 0.8085 1.2 920 1200 19.0 4.14012 0.7963 1.2 940 1177 18.7 4.17714 0.7846 1.2 960 1154 18.3 4.21344 0.7732 1.2 980 1132 17.9 4.24904 0.7621 1.1 1000 1091 17.3 4.28336 0.7514 1.1 1020 1071 17.0 4.31704 0.7410 1.1 1040 1071 17.0 4.35073 0.7309 1.1 1060 1000 15.9 4.38218 0.7211 1.0 1080 984 15.6 4.41313 0.7115 1.0 1100 968 15.3 4.44357 0.7022 1.0 1120 952 15.1 4.47352 0.6931 1.0 1140 938 14.9 4.50302 0.6843 0.9 1160 896 14.2 4.53120 0.6758 0.9 1180 896 14.2 4.55938 0.6674 0.9 1200 857 13.6 4.58634 0.6592 0.9 1220 896 14.2 4.61452 0.6513 0.9 1240 845 13.4 4.64110 0.6436 0.8 1260 800 12.7 4.66626 0.6360 0.8 1280 822 13.0 4.69211 0.6286 0.8 1300 789 12.5 4.71693 0.6214 0.8 1320 750 11.9 4.74052 0.6144 0.8 1340 698 11.1 4.76247 0.6075 0.7 1360 833 13.2 4.78867 0.6008 0.8 1380 741 11.7 4.81198 0.5942 0.7 1400 741 11.7 4.83528 0.5878 0.7 1420 625 9.9 4.85493 0.5815 0.6 1440 714 11.3 4.87740 0.5754 0.7

Page 1 / 1

4.5000

4.0000

3.5000

3.0000

2.5000

2.0000

1.5000

1.0000

0.5000

0.0000 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0

elf exploration U.K. Clean-up Summary Report


Date :01/05/99 Drilling contractor : Clean-up Company : Rig : Mud Company : Field : Well number :

bis 85F
Version 2.0 8/96

ELGIN 22/30 C - G5 COMMENTS

RATE

MFCT

VOLUMES

NTU of RETURNS

16:20 16:30 16:37 16:40 16:53 17:12 17:21 17:30

16:30 16:35 16:40 16:53 17:12 17:19 17:30

2830 3019 1490 1547-1604 1604 1547 3020 3020

06:00 06:00

07:42
Casing Size 9 7/8" 7"
Casing Weight

open open closed closed closed closed Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open closed closed Open Open Open Open Open Open Open

Pit 1 Pit 2 Pit 7 Slug Pit 2 Pit 7 Pit 7

Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump

25 15 5 20 29 11 20

25 40 45 65 94 105 125

Hi-vis Rx-03 10% Seawater RX-06BD 6% Rx-03 3% Seawater RX-06BD 6% Rx-03 3% Rx-03 3% Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater
Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 666 840 205 42 229 223 241 108 115 123 146 128 73.4 66.6 83.8 91.3 290 116 196 99.4 77.4 30.6 38.6 29

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 29 10.5 91.5 48 42 38 13.7 34 33 34.2 31 34.8 47.4 39.4 220 69 143 65 48.6 14 16 15

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A <0.05 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Density (SG)

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Sample 1- 17:50 Sample 2- 17:53 Sample 3- 17:56 Sample 4- 17:59 Sample 5- 18:01 Sample 6 - 18:02 Sample 7 - 18:04 Sample 8 - 18:07 Sample 9 - 18:09 Sample 10 - 18:11 Sample 11 - 18:14 Sample 12 - 18:18 Sample 13 - 18:23 Sample 14 - 18:26 Sample 15 - 18:29 Sample 16 - 18:33 Sample 17 - 18:38 Sample 18 - 18:45 Sample 19 - 18:55 Sample 20 - 19:05 Sample 21 - 19:15 Sample 22 - 19:30 Sample 23 - 19:45 Sample 24 - 20:00 Sample 25 - 20:15 Sample 26 - 20:30 Time 22:30 Time 00:30 Time 02:30 Time 04:00 Time 06:30 Time 07:00 Time 07:10 Time 07:15 Time 07:22 Time 07:26 Time 07:30 Time 07:35 Time 07:40 Time 07:42

Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater


Hi-vis Rx-03 10% Hi-vis Rx-03 10% Hi-vis Rx-03 10%

Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Slug/Sea chest Dump Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1 Pit 7/8/2/1
Eqpt. Description

RX-06BD 6% RX-06BD 6% Rx-03 3% RX-06BD 6% RX-06BD 6% RX-06BD 6% RX-06BD 6% Rx-03 3% Rx-03 3% Rx-03 3% Rx-03 3%
Rx-03/ Seawater

Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater Seawater

Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump Dump

Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water Filtered drill water

Lenght 4,895 m 628 m

Base Fluid Type Hi-vis Seawater Seawater

Volume m 25 42 6

Additives Type Rx-03 RX-06BD Rx-03


Concentration

Rheology @ 50C 600/300/200/100/6/3

66.9 pptf 42.7 pptf

10% 6% 3%

YP 48

5,560 m Geometry 9 7/8" 7" Volume (m) 168 13 181 Length 4,895 628 m 0

Comments / Job Summary

The clean-up operation was aided by detailed and thourogh pit and topsides cleaning. This allowed all pills to remain free of contaminants prior to pumping. All pills were pumped on the run and at high rates adding turbulent flow. Pipe rotation was only possible after the operation of the MFCT. Initial pills showed large amounts of solids which reduced in following samples. Sea water samples contained a large amount of rust which was removed with HCL.

ELF supervisors : Phillipe Brossard - Fabian Lemesnager


roemex~1.xls,09/07/2000,13:05

Mud Engineers: Stephen Cooper, Philip Leslie, Lee Campbell.


Elf Fluids Group - Aberdeen

350.00

Sea water returns.

300.00
Returns from surface lines

Inhibited filtered fresh water returns.

250.00

NTU with out acid NTU with HCl acid Target NTU

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00 18:45 20:00 21:30 00:00 03:00 07:10 07:35

22/30c-G5

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

Temperature Out

15

10

0 3:51 4:01 4:11 4:21 4:31 4:41 4:51 5:01 5:11 5:21 5:31 5:41 5:51 6:01 6:11 6:21 6:31 6:41 6:51 7:01 7:11 7:21 7:31 7:41 7:51 8:01 8:11 8:21 8:31

Sperry Sun Logging Systems

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

8.4

Well Control Pipe light scenario during completion of 22/30c-G4 with 1.00SG fluid :

The issue of Well Control with freshwater in the well was raised.It had made a quick review of the position we have at the moment.It was suggested that based around this we can meet and discuss whether we need to make any further contingency plans (unable to strip in, unable to bullhead, access through the drillpipe with DISV and inside BOP, etc.). Recommendations The section covering Stripping, snubbing, migrating gas, bullheading and top kill (lubrication) should be transferred from the old Well Control Manual (1993) to the Well Control Manual issued in June 1997 (the new manual does not contain this information). This section should be reviewed to ensure it is in line with procedures we would use if we had to perform any of these operations with water in the well in HPHT conditions. The results listed below should be included in the Completion Programme to make people aware of the limitations of stripping if we have a leak with water in the well. Results / Conclusions In the event of a gas influx the situation is very different to a kick with SBM in the hole because: - An insignificant volume of gas will dissolve in the water- Water is 1.8 times less compressible than oil - the surface pressure build up will occur more quickly- The gas will migrate rapidly to surface due to the low fluid viscosity (rapid increase in surface pressure as the bubble migratesThe coefficient of thermal expansion of water is 5 times greater than base oil which, without viscosity means the water is very sensitive to the thermal changes. Given the scenario: -The well is displaced to water -We have the highest formation pressure (2.15SG) giving a shut-in surface pressure of 650 barsThe drillstring is displaced to 2.15 SG mud We will not be able to strip into the well (using the 2 ram method of passing tool joints) if the 5 drillstring is shallower than 2000m MD (upward forces exceed downward forces - pipe-light (Refer to the graph on page 3). Given a pipe light situation with the drillstring partially in the well the upper portion of the well can be displaced to SBM. .The advantage of this are: - It will allow limited gas percolating through the water to be taken into solution in the SBM (assuming we can displace deep enough to be below the bubble point i.e.; deeper than 1500m). - It will reduce the surface pressure (this does not help us with the pipe light condition for stripping the pipe body as the pressure acting on the area at the base of the drill string remains unchanged) Refer to the drawing below.The disadvantages are: - A potential for fluid inversion with heavy fluid over light fluid- A potential for barite dropout at the fluid interface

12

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

Annul di acem entt heavy m ud w ih t dr l st i par i l i t w el ar spl o t he il r ng taly n he l Surface pressure reduced 315 Bars 651 bars Tool joint Rams Drillpipe No change in pressure (upward force on Drillpipe body OD) with water or mud above this point Net 44 MT upward force 943 bars

2.15 SG Drilling Fluid

3100m MD, 2975m TVD RT Depth

Water Gradient

Water Gradient

5923m MD, 5776m TVD RT Pressure

566 bars

1217 bars
2.15 SG EMW Formation pressure

22/ 30c- 4 Pi Li G pe ghtC ondii ton ( 15 SG i st ng -2. SG EM W For P) 2. n ri 15 m


200

150

100 MT Net String For

Minimum string depth to strip tool joint. After disp ann to 2.15SG fluid Minimum string depth to strip pipe body.
Force on Pipe OD Tonnes Force on Pipe TJ OD Tonnes

50

0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

-50

Minimum string depth to strip tool joint. With 1.00SG in annulus


-100

-150 MD M

13

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

In the graph above the negative Net string force indicates a pipe light condition Well Control with Freshwater in the well Our primary approach to this issue is to ensure there is no influx by: Make-up the 10 3/4, 9 7/8 and 7 casing connections using torque turn equipment with quality control review of the make-up. Review the quality of the 7 cementation and the cement bond log. To have set and positively pressure tested a 7 liner top packer. Ensure the well is stable with freshwater prior to pulling the displacement string. (To do this we plan to underbalance the well in 2 stages on 22/30c-G4; firstly SBM at 1.60 SG and then to freshwater. We will allow the well temperature profile to return to undisturbed (+/-24 hours) before pulling the displacement string). Our second approach is to have a contingency plan prepared should an influx occur. The well can be circulated back to a kill weight fluid should the well fail during the initial displacement to underbalanced fluid (drillpipe on bottom). If the well flows while we are out of or partially out of the well we will strip in to bottom or as deep as we can get. Should there be a pipe light situation we would not be able to strip further and have to stop with the well shut-in on the rams. This attached graph identifies the period in which we would be unable to strip into 22/30c-G4 if there is an influx with water in the well. Calculation of forces The forces taken into account for this calculation are: " Pipe weight in air (5 drillpipe 19.5ppf nominal, 22.6ppf with tool joint) " Hydrostatic pressure of fluid inside the drill string acting on the pipe body ID cross sectional area " Weight of HWDP (40 joints 5 HWDP at 50ppf) - if they are available and can be picked up. # Hydrostatic pressure and shut-in well pressure acting on the cross sectional area of the pipe body OD # Shut-in well pressure at surface acting on the tool joint cross sectional area (as the tool joint is stripped through the BOP) This force is excluded when the tool joints are passed through the BOP by alternately opening and closing 2 rams and balancing the pressure. # Friction while stripping through the BOP (Pipe friction through annular used is 5MT on pipe body and 14MT on tool joint - based on Franklin annular stripping data) There are no safety margins taken into account in the calculations.

Sensitivity graphs on the next 2 pages The following graphs are sensitivities assuming different formation pressures and fluid densities inside the drillpipe:

14

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.15SG - pressure from the overpressured shales in the transition zone


22/ 30c- 4 P i e L i h t C o n d i i n G p g to ( 00 S G i st n g - 2. S G E M W F o rm P ) 1. n ri 15

200 150 MT Net String For 100 50 0 0 -50

Forc e on Pipe OD Tonnes Forc e on Pipe TJ OD Tonnes

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

-100 -150

M D M

2.01 SG based on RFT data from the Fulmar reservoir


22/ 30c- 4 P i e L i h t C o n d i i n G p g to ( 15 S G i st n g - 2. S G E M W F o rm P ) 2. n ri 01
200 150 MT Net String For 100 50 0 -50 -100 -150 M D M 0 2000 4000 6000 Forc e on Pipe OD Tonnes Forc e on Pipe TJ OD Tonnes

15

Volume 1

ELGIN / FRANKLIN HP/HT BEST PRACTICES & GUIDELINES DRILLING FLUID ,CEMENTING & HYDRAULIC REVISION 00

2.01 SG based on RFT data from the Fulmar reservoir

200 150 MT Net String For 100 50 0 0 -50

22/ 30c- 4 P i e L i h t C o n d i i n G p g to ( 00 S G i st n g - 2. S G E M W F o rm P ) 1. n ri 01

Forc e on Pipe OD Tonnes Forc e on Pipe TJ OD Tonnes

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

-100 -150

M D M

16

You might also like